The URL can be used to link to this page

RES 1997-0601 - Contract with W Boyd Jones Construction Co for Rosenblatt Stadium phase 1, restroom renovation and expansion _eiAHA �--� - J ;'`� �% Parks, Recreation & ��o t�,�-t Public Property Department -_t l4 Omaha/Douglas Civic Center ( 'a� 1819 Farnam Street,Suite 701 SPA' ,` Omaha,Nebraska 68183-0701 _ _,�,, ry. (402)444-5900 o — V v 1 i'rV \ FAX(402)444-4921 � 7'er,FE131 u`'1, 1 •ri tiP Jerry D.Parks City of Omaha Director Hal Daub,Mayor Honorable President and Members of the City Council, The attached Resolution approves the contract with W. Boyd Jones Construction Co. for the construction of new women and men's restrooms in the existing grandstand at Rosenblatt Stadium on the first base side. The existing restrooms are in very poor condition and the water closets do not operate properly during peak uses. This reconstruction project will alleviate that problem and will also expand the number of water closets in this location. The following bids were received on February 12, 1997. The Engineer's Estimate for this project is $268,800.00. CONTRACTOR BID W. BOYD JONES CONSTRUCTION CO. $162,700.00 (LOW BID) Divercon Construction, Inc. $163,000.00 Hicks Construction Company $163,778.00 Barry Larson& Son, Inc. $166,900.00 Ronco Construction Company, Inc. $168,500.00 Meco-Henne Contracting, Inc. $174,000.00 Upland Construction Company $175,000.00 Paul J. White Construction Company, Inc. $177,665.00 R. W. Hicks Construction $185,400.00 Pinnacle Construction, Inc. $190,645.00 The Finance Department is authorized to pay the cost of S.P. 97-1, Rosenblatt Stadium Phase 1, Restroom Renovation and Expansion, 13th and Bert Murphy Drive from the following two sources: (1)a donation from the College World Series,Inc. in the amount of$81,350.00; and(2) $81,350.00 from the Rosenblatt Stadium Expansion Fund No. 307. The last review by the Human Relations Director showed the contractor is in compliance with Ordinance No. 288885 and that the contractor has on file a current Annual Contract Compliance Report Form(CC-1). As is City Policy, the Human Relations Director will continue to review the Contractor to ensure compliance with the Contract Compliance Ordinance. • 441( . Honorable President and Members of the City Council Page 2 . The Parks and Finance Departments recommend acceptance of the low bid from W. Boyd Jones Construction Co.in the amount of$162,700.00 for S.P. 97-1,being the lowest and best bid received, and request your consideration and approval of this Resolution. • Respectfully submitted, Approved: • er6r 1?k7 y D. arks, Director ate eorge is, Jr., Acting irector Date Parks, ecreation&Public Property Human elations Department , Approved as to Funding: Referred to City Council for Consideration: el( ri Louis D'Ercole, Acting Director : ate Mayor's Office/Title Al Date Finance Department P:\PLN2\5713.SKZ , 1 I \ 1 ' 1 \ \ \ \ , • i . I 7 ( f ?.7'.?.•..'? P.i.fir Zir8 1:17-117?ea...7 ;re... :"a t ie.Ce-*'>...... are.e'..,e /Zot . I I 1 i I I . i , • I (kki 0 i CITY 1 1 at ,,,,,.1 . , I I • PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT iv fu _ I i • . C0i; , Tpe ,,,, DoctrElfis , . . 1 Al ! , Nk • 1 if I ,,,t,, 1 et ;Fir It A 1 n * rt. If rit, g ,4,,, WI Orta NI ancbiAL 10Luvlai le, 1;1 1 . • , I 1 Spcal Project I 1., ) . ,, ea,a4- :son aar-rriaa,a _ts:1-__NVEFs....L42..q.Zi -..11 1.4..J.): '::‘)/1-,. ....t.J.414. ........1-.......... ....... 11. —_12.sat.-42."41e..jg.r14-11-g.-Z).411-/-4".701.thig;244411103/1114....ftu I kna3t'4 I %1 —-----—----------------------------- I ti Ntt, —------.--- I it hliC % frovt Bids received until 11:00 o'clock ki Contract Award :-Lg?.1z______ 19,2—Resolution I (0, .T, . i 972 g zt"' C'eas-.:eee.;:i..P.. ..?. .?... .i...,-. .e--... )--#-,...4?....R..-• -zi...,:?z?.....-•,,z.;r7,e-e ...s,,za.ear- -Asa.- z.....zaeca..,wzweze;,:z..i.e,stii I I Specifications for S.P.97-1 Rosenblatt Stadium Phase I-Restroom Renovation and Expansion 13th Street&Bert Murphy Drive Omaha, Nebraska 68107 1 Owner City of Omaha 1819 Famam Street Omaha/Douglas Civic Center Omaha, Nebraska 68183 I Architects Bahr Vermeer&Haecker Architects,Ltd. 1209 Hamey Street Omaha, Nebraska 68102 Telephone: 402-345-3060 FAX 402-345-7871 I Sports Architects/Structural Engineers HNTB Howard Needles Tammen&Bergendoff 1201 Walnut Suite 700 Kansas City, Missouri 64106 Telephone: 816-472-1201 FAX: 816-472-4075 111 MechanicaVElectrical Engineer Alvine&Associates,Inc. 1102 Douglas on the Mall Omaha, Nebraska 68102 Telephone: 402-346-7007 FAX: 402-346-9576 I BVH Project No. 96136 1 Date 06 January 1997 1 I 01-06-97 00001-1 BVH#95136 Bahr Vermeer&Haecker Architects,Ltd. I I TABLE OF CONTENTS I S.P.97-1 Rosenblatt Stadium Phase I-Restroom Renovation and Expansion 13th Street&Bert Murphy Drive I Omaha, NE 68107 BVH Project#96136 IINTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Document 00001 -Title Page 00001-1 I Document 00002-Table of Contents 00002-1 -3 Document 00004-List of Drawings 00004-1 IBIDDING REQUIREMENTS I Document Notice to Bidders NB-1a to NB-3 Document Proposal Form P-1 to P-5 (P2= 1 page) ICONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Document Certificate 02/92/5343S I Document Contract C-1 to C-4 Document Performance, Payment, Guarantee Bond B-1 to B-4 Document Special Provisions SP-2 Document General and Supplemental Conditions 00800-1 -6 ISPECIFICATIONS -1 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01110-Summary of Work • 01110-1 -2 Section 01310-Project Management and Coordination 01310-1 -3 I Section 01330-Submittal Procedures 01330-1 -4 Section 01400 Quality Requirements 01400-1 3 Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500-1 -3 I Section 01600-Product Requirements 01600-1 -2 Section 01730-Cutting and Patching 01730-1 -2 Section 01770-Closeout Procedures 01770-1 -3 IDIVISION 2-SITE CONSTRUCTION Section 02220-Demolition 02220-1 -2 1 ISection 02300-Earthwork 02300-1 -5 DIVISION 3-CONCRETE I Section 03200-Concrete Reinforcement 03200-1 -3 01-06-97 00002-1 BVH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102(402)345-3060-Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 11 I ISection 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-1 -8 1 DIVISION 4-MASONRY AND GROUT Section 04060-Mortar and Grout 04060-1 -2 I Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies 04800-1 -6 DIVISION 5-METALS ISection 05500-Metal Fabrications • 05500-1 -3 DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS I Section 06100-Rough Carpentry 06100-1 -2 Section 06200-Finish Carpentry 06200-1 -3 IDIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07200-Thermal Protection 07200-1 -2 Section 07900-Joint Sealers 07900-1 -3 I DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS I Section 08110-Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08110-1 -4 Section 08310-Access Doors 08310-1 -2 Section 08700-Hardware 08700-1 -3 IDIVISION 9-FINISHES Section 09260-Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260-1 -4 1 Section 09900-Paints and Coatings 09900-1 -7 DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES I Section 10150-Compartments and Cubicles 10150-1 -3 Section 10400-Identification Devices •10400-1 -2 Section 10800-Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10800-1 -4111 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT-Not Used 1 II DIVISION 12-FURNISHINGS-Not Used 1 DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION -Not Used DIVISION 14-CONVEYING SYSTEMS-Not Used I DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL - Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 15010-1 -7 I Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-1 -14 Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods 15055-1 -9 Section 15250-Mechanical Insulation 15250-1 -5 I Section 15400-Plumbing 15400-1 -7 Section 15440-Plumbing Fixtures 15440-1 -7 01-06-97 00002-2 BVH#96136 IBAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102(402)345-3060-Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I ' Section 15458-Water Heaters 15458-1 -2 Section 15781 -Packaged Rooftop Make-Up Air Unit 15781-1 -4 Section 15850-Fans 15850-1 -3 Section 15880-Air Distribution(Sheet Metal) 15880-1 -7 Section 15990-Systems Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 15990-1 -3 DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL- Section 16000-Electrical Specification 16000-1 -6 ' End of Document II 1 r . I 1 01-06-97 00002-3 BVH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102(402)345-3060-Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 DOCUMENT 00004 ILIST OF DRAWINGS IDENTIFICATION ' G 1.1 Cover Sheet Index of Drawings, Materials,Symbols, Key Notes, General Notes ARCHITECTURAL A 1.1 . Concourse Reference Plan, Restroom Plan, Reflected Ceiling Plan, Schedules and Details A 1.2 Interior Elevations A 1.3 Section Through Concourse MECHANICAL M 1.1 Floor Plan-Plumbing and Riser Diagram M 1.2 Floor Plan-HVAC M 1.3 Mechanical Schedules ELECTRICAL 1 E 1.1 Floor Plan-Electrical 1 END OF DOCUMENT 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 06-01-97 00004-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102(402)345-3060-Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA • i • , NOTICE TO BIDDERS • Sealed Proposals will be received by the City of Omaha,at the Office of Mary Galligan Cornett, City Clerk, L/C 1, Omaha/Douglas Civic Center,until 11:00 a.m.on the 12,E day of .h:CaNilitl ` t l for the construction of SA::.° 1 being eObe!lAC g—tiCil e— irti 01C ' rawiluam." MeXavibrit eif•k Eicektvcato.4 ' t3 + 1 A u(k twe.tVIP • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • PROPOSALS Each Proposal shall be legibly written or printed in ink on the form provided in this bound copy of proposed contract documents. Alterations in the Proposal by interlineation, by interpolation, or otherwise, will not be acceptable. Alteration of the bid by erasure must be signed ' or initialed by the bidder; if initialed, the City may require the bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. No alteration in any Proposal shall be made after the Proposal has been submitted. The bidder must bid on each item. If an item is bid at no cost,the words, "No Charge"shall be written in the appropriate space. All addenda to the contract documents shall be acknowledged in the Proposal, properly signed by the bidder and attached to the Proposal when submitted. Each Proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope or wrapping, addressed to the "City Council, City of 0 tom, Nebraskkq"and identified on the outside with the words"Proposal for the Construc- tion of �i . '� the bidder's name and the bidder's address; and filed with the City Clerk at the Office of Mary Galligan Cornett, L/C 1 , Omaha/Douglas Civic Center 68183. ' Proposals must be based upon the Plans and Specifications for the work bid upon as prepared by the City Engineer and filed in his office. ' Bidders should familiarize themselves with the work herein contemplated by personally visiting the location of the work, in order that the true spirit and intent of the Plans and Specifications may be fulfilled. No bidder may submit more than one Proposal, multiple Proposals under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE Each Proposal shall be accompanied by a cashier's check, a certified check, United States Government Bond (negotiable), or a bidder's bond, for five (5) percent of the total amount bid, but in no case be less than One Hundred Dollars ($100.00). ' The Proposal Guarantee shall be made payable without condition to the City of Omaha, Nebraska, hereinafter referred to as City. The Proposal Guarantee may be retained by and shall be forfeited to the City as liquidated damages if the Proposal is accepted and a contract based thereon is awarded and the bidder should fail to enter into a contract in the form prescribed, with legally responsible ■ sureties,within ten (10) days after such award is made by the City. NB-la 9/86 1 • 1 • • ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION OF BIDS Bids will be compared on the basis of unit bid prices and the schedule of prices on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The lowest bid will be deter- mined on the basis of the total cost. The City reserves the right to accept the lowest base bid;to consider deductive alternatives;to reject any or all bids; and to waive irregularities or informalities in any bid. Bids received after the specified time of closing will be returned unopened.** AWARD OF CONTRACT . The City Council will award the contract as early as practicable after the tabulation of said bids to the lowest responsible bidder, whereupon all other bids will stand rejected, and the Proposal Guarantee of all bidders not successful will be returned. The Proposal Guarantee of the successful bidder will be returned upon approval of the contract and bond by the 1 City Council. SIGNATURE OF BIDDER Each bidder shall sign his Proposal using his usual signature and giving his full business address. Bids by partnerships shall be signed with the partnership name followed by the signature and designation of one of the partners or other authorized representative. Bids by corporations shall be signed with the name of the corporation followed by the signature and desig- nation of the president, secretary or other person authorized to bind the corporation. Anyone signing a Proposal as agent for another, or otherwise, must file with the Proposal, evidence acceptable to the City of his authority to do so. INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS If any person who contemplates submitting a bid is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications or other proposed cont-act documents, he may submit to the City Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. Interpreta- tion of the proposed contract documents will be made only by addendum. A copy of each adden- dum will be mailed or delivered to each person obtaining a set of contract documents from the City Engineer. The City will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed contract documents. LOCAL CONDITIONS AFFECTING WORK Each bidder shall visit the site of the work and shall completely inform himself relative to construction hazards and procedure, labor and all other con- ditions and factors, local and otherwise, which would affect prosecution and completion of the work and its cost. Such considerations shall include the arrangement and condition of existing struc- tures and facilities, the availability and cost of labor, and facilities for transportation, handling and storage of materials and equipment. All such factors shall be properly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bidder's proposal. There will be no subsequent financial adjustment for lack of such prior information. TIME OF COMPLETION The time of completion is an essential part of the contract and it will be necessary for each bidder to satisfy the City of his ability to complete the work within the allow- able time set forth in the Proposal. In this connection, attention is directed to the Special Provisions and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1989 Edition, of the City of Omaha relative to delays, extensions of time and liquidated damages. 1 NB-2a 10/89 STATE SALES TAX The City of Omaha will furnish the successful contractor with a "Purchasing Agent Appointment and Exempt Sale Certificate" Form No. 92,for all items which are considered ' by the State of Nebraska to be exempt from the State Sales Tax. NEBRASKA LEGAL REQUIREMENTS Only the bids of contractors qualified to do business in the State of Nebraska will be considered; all as required by Nebraska State Statutes and amend- ments thereto. PERFORMANCE BOND The successful bidder shall furnish within ten (10) days after the award, ' a Contract and a Performance, Payment and Guarantee Bond on forms required by the City, in the full amount of the contract as security for the faithful performance of the contract and the pay- ment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection with the contract. This security shall also cover the guarantee required by the contract for the period of guarantee stated in ' the Proposal (See Section 103.05). SURETY The surety on the Contract and the Performance, Payment and Guarantee Bond shall ' be a duly authorized surety company, licensed to do business in the State of Nebraska, satisfactory to the City of Omaha. No surety company will be acceptable as bondsman that has no permanent agent or representative ' in the City of Omaha, Nebraska, upon whom notices may be served;service of said notice on said agent or representative in the City of Omaha shall be equal to service of notice on the president or such other officer of the surety company as may be concerned. ' Should the surety company acting as bondsman remove its permanent agent or representative from the City of Omaha, the contractor shall then furnish the City of Omaha with a new surety bond conforming to the above described requirements. ' BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT The Proposal or other bidding forms shall not be removed from the bound copy of contract documents. The copy of contract documents filed with each bid shall be complete and shall include all items listed in the Table of Contents and all addenda. COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Copies of the plans and specifications for use in preparing bids may be obtained from the Public Works Department, Room 631, Omaha/Douglas Civic Center 68183. The contractor to whom a contract is awarded will be furnished, without cost to him, seven (7) copies of the plans and specifications, together with all addenda thereto. Additional plans and specifications may be obtained from the City Engineer at cost.• **THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS IN THEIR ENTIRETY; BIDDERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO APPEAL ANY REJECTION DECISION TO THE CITY COUNCIL. • NB-3 2-86 1 F PROPOSAL for Omaha, Nebraska rVirbreNiey t2 M19 Mayor and City Council City of Omaha Omaha, Nebraska The undersigned, having carefully examined the plans, specifications and all addenda thereto, Pew and other contract documents,for the construction of k `r=' 11;Uel--tarr-1 RONS.Ef _ . o,tA-� 4- tylvs.vistiziki Oemzi ti\44 t:424‘)M and having carefully examined the site of work and become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, do thereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendence, tools, material, equipment and all utilities, transportation and services necessary to perform and complete said work, and work incidental thereto, in a workmanlike manner, as described in said plans, specifications and other contract documents, including Addenda Numbers issued thereto for the base bid sum of O,V2 Ht w.l32ar Q S r XT 77.t Tfa tk_57iiliP SJ 10e4 / ,,z. i DOLLARS and CENTS ($ / G al Too , r)r-, 4The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of the work, together with the local sources of supply, and that he understands the conditions under which the work is to be performed, or that if he has not so inspected the site and conditions of the work, that he waives all right to plead any misunderstanding regarding the work required or conditions peculiar to the same. The undersigned understands that the"QUANTITY"called for in the'SCHEDULE OF PRICES" 1 is subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of work, as increased or decreased, in accordance with the plans and the provisions of the specifications at the unit price bid. The following is the itemized proposal: • P-1 10/94 SCHEDULE OF PRICES PROJECT: S.P. 97-1 DESCRIPTION: Rosenblatt Stadium Phase I - Restroom Renovation & Expansion 13TM Street & Bert Murphy Drive Omaha, Nebraska 68107 Item Approx. Unit No. Description Quantity Price Amount A. Restroom Construction 1. Architectural. 1 LS , 76, 2.o0, co 2. Mechanical 1 LS 7 ! Soo 00 rr 3. Electrical 1 LS Lc; vu C ., c c -'it � s Total Bid (Items 1 through 3) Total Bid - Items 1 through 3 inclusive $ / 2, 7co.ce • P-2 1 of 1 The City of Omaha will furnish the successful contractor with Form No. 92, PURCHASING AGENT APPOINTMENT AND EXEMPT SALE CERTIFICATE, for all material items required in the construction of this project, which the State of Nebraska considers to be exempt from the State Sales Tax. • For each bid item,the bidder shall quote a TOTAL UNIT PRICE. The UNIT PRICE shall include all costs, including material, necessary to complete the UNIT item of work. Failure to quote a • TOTAL UNIT PRICE may be cause for rejection of the proposal. In the event of discrepancy between the product of QUANTITY and TOTAL UNIT PRICE with the TOTAL PRICE quoted in the proposal, the product of the QUANTITY and the TOTAL UNIT PRICE shall control. The undersigned hereby agrees to furnish the required bonds and to sign the contract within ten • (10) calendar days from and after the acceptance of this proposal, and further agrees to begin and complete all work covered by the plans and specifications within the time limits set forth herein. Accompanying this proposal, as a guaranty that the undersigned will execute the contract agreement and furnish a satisfactory bond in accordance with the terms and requirements of the specifications, is a cashier's check, a certified check, United States Government Bond (negotiable) or a bidder's bond for It is hereby agreed that in case of failure of the undersigned either to execute the contract agreement or to furnish satisfactory contract bond within ten (10) days after receipt of NOTICE TO AWARD, the amount of this proposal guaranty will be retained by the City of Omaha, Nebraska, as liquidated damages arising out of the failure of the undersigned either to execute the contract agreement or to furnish bonds as proposed. It is understood that in case the undersigned is not awarded the work,the proposal guaranty will be returned as provided in the i Ain specifications. The undersigned agrees to accomplish the work i ' entirety wit+' d�bf wzirFin . ,daps and shall be prepared to begin no later than Via— and to forfeit liquidated damages as set forth in Section 108.08 f the Specifications in the event of over-run of time. The undersigned also agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish bonds as required by the specifications for the faithful performance of the work and guarantee workmanship and material under Contract for a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of the work. I I t I P-3 10/94 I If If awarded the Contract,our Surety will be I; (name of Surety Company) of ( /lv,aLo . /Jf' Respectfully submitted, Signature of Bidder: (a) If an individual doing business as: - (b) If a Partnership: Member of Firm F Member of Firm (c) If a Corporation: /� AfES ame of Corporation 0 . icer • e ATTEST: /)/ Witness Business Address and Telephone No.: O A.f Cyr 4- A'C 6,?‘c 3/ 4201 - gr l d cht, P4 7/88 _ . w._.. • "CERTIFICATE" A Corporate Contractor, in submitting this Proposal, hereby represents that the Corporation has complied with all Nebraska .Statutory requirements, which are prerequisite to its being qualified to do business in the State of Nebraska, or that it will take all steps necessary to so qualify,if the successful bidder. 6e../ - .D cue 3 �/V$y Co ame of ora ' n r i • Title If Foreign Corporation: Nebraska Resident Agent • P-5 2/72 I i CONTRACT • THIS CONTRACT is made and entered into in TRIPLICATE by and between the City of Omaha, a Municipal Corporation of the Metropolitan Class in Nebraska, hereinafter called City, and W. Boyd Jones Construction Co., Inc. 111 hereinafter called Contractor. In consideration of the following mutual agreements and covenants, it is understood and agreed by the Parties hereto that: 1. Contractor does hereby agree and undertake to construct _l ■ c„Nw 1 ibc fl 'Srpftknilirvt fW-Zelheee. ztct4 % oN also referred to hereinafter as work,.in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof and subject to the quantity provisions in the accepted Proposal of Contractor for the sum of rOne Hundred Sixty Two Thousand,, Seven Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ---- ---_M-_�� ____ (S 162,,700.00 ) under penalty of Performance, Payment and Guarantee Bond. 2. Contractor shall conform with the applicable Plans and Specifications, applicable Special Provisions and any applicable Change Order or Addenda pertaining thereto or to this Contract, all of which by reference thereto are made a part hereof. Applicable Notice to Bidders, Instruction to Bidders, Bid or Proposal of Contractor, Resolution awarding this Contract, the Performance, Payment and Guarantee Bond, and all proceedings by the governing body of the City relating to the aforesaid work are made a part hereof by reference thereto. 1 3. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, mechanics for labor, equipment and materials to construct said work in accordance with the provisions of this Contract and all applicable Plans, Specifications and Provisions herein referred to. 1 4. The City agrees to pay the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Plans and Specifications,the accepted Proposal of the Contractor, and the Provisions of this Contract. 5. All provisions of each document and item referred to in Paragraph 2 above shall be strictly complied with the same as if rewritten herein, and no substitution or change shall be made except upon written direction, the form of which shall be by written"Change Order'of the City; and substitution or change shall in no manner be construed to release either party from any specified or implied obligation of this Contract except as specifically provided for in the Change Order. C-1 10/94 1 . . . .. 11 6. Contractor does hereby state, warrant and covenant that he or it has not retained or employed any company, or person, other than bona fide employees working for said Contractor to solicit or secure this Contract, and that he or it has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than bona fide employees working solely for the Contractor, any fee commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gifts, or any other consideration, contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Contract. For breach or violation of this statement, warrant and covenant, the City of Omaha shall have the right to annul this Contract without liability. 7. Contractor shall conform with all applicable City Ordinances, with all applicable State and Federal Laws, and with all applicable Rules and Regulations. • 8. Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Omaha, its officers, employees, agents and representatives from all claims, suits or actions of every kind and character made upon or brought against the said City of Omaha, its officers, employees, agents and representatives for or on account of any II I injuries or damages received or sustained by any party or parties by or from the acts of the said Contractor or its servants, agents, representatives, and subcontractors, in doing the work herein contracted for, or by or in consequence of any negligence in guarding the same or any improper material used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of said Contractor or its servants, agents, representatives, and subcontractors, and also from all claims of damage for infringement of any patent in fulfilling this Contract. 9. The Contractor shall carry public liability insurance to indemnify the public for injuries sustained by reason of carrying on the work. The coverage shall provide the following minimum limits: Bodily Injury $250,000 each person $500,000 each occurrence $500,000 aggregate products and completed operations Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence I $250,000 aggregate; and shall name the City as additional insured with the Contractor. Attention is drawn to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1989 Edition, for further details. 10. Contractor shall pay to the Unemployment Compensation Fund of the State of Nebraska, unemployment contributions and interest due under the laws of the State of Nebraska on wages paid to individuals employed in the performance of this Contract, and shall submit to the City of Omaha a written clearance from the Commissioner of Labor of the State of Nebraska certifying that all payment due of contributions and interest which may have arisen under this Contract have been paid by the Contractor, or his subcontractor, to the State of Nebraska Unemployment Compensation Fund. Payment of the final three percent (3%) of the total amount of the Contract shall be withheld until this provision has been complied with as required by Section 48-657 R.R.S. 1943, as amended. 11. The Contractor shall not, in the performance of this Contract discriminate or permit discrimination against any person because of race, sex, age, or political or religious opinions or affiliations or disability in violation of Federal or State Statutes or Local Ordinances and further the Contractor shall comply with City of Omaha Ordinance 28885 pertaining to Civil Rights and Human Relations. C-2 8/93 I _ I 12. Contractor shall procure a policy, or policies, or insurance which shall guarantee pay- ment of compensation according to the Workmen's Compensation Laws of Nebraska for all work- men injured in the scope of employment; and further agrees to keep said policy, or policies, in full force and effect throughout the terms of this Contract. In addition, all other insurance in any way required of Contractor shall be procured by the Contractor and kept in force by Contractor throughout the term of this Contract Certificate or certificates of insurance, or copies of policies, if required by any Department of the City, shall be filed by the Contractor with the Public Works I Department of the City of Omaha. 13. Except as may otherwise be required by applicable law, payment of any balance due Contractor under this Contract shall be made by the.City to the Contractor upon completion of I Contractor's work and obligations in accordance with the Contract, upon acceptance thereof by the City, and upon submission of certificate by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11 above. No payment by City shall in any way constitute any waiver of any rights of City. 111 14. Pursuant to Section 8.05 of the Home Rule Charter of the City of Omaha, no elected official or any officer or employee of the City shall have a financial interest, direct or indirect, in any City contract. A violation of that section with the knowledge of the Contractor, in addition to I constituting employee malfeasance, shall be cause for the City to unilaterally terminate or void this Agreement. 15. The parties hereto acknowledge that, as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, Section 10-142 of the Omaha Municipal Code provides as follows: Any amendment to contracts or purchases which taken alone increases the original bid price as awarded (a) by ten percent, if the original bid price is one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) or more, or (b) by seventy-five I thousand dollars ($75,000) or more, shall be approved by the City Council in advance of the acceptance of any purchase in excess of such limits or the authorization of any additional work in excess of such limits. However, neither contract nor purchase amendments will be split to avoid I advance approval of the City Council. The originally approved scope and primary features of a contract or purchase will not be significantly revised as a result of amendments not approved in advance by the City Council. The I provisions of this Section will be quoted in all future City contracts. Nothing in this Section is intended to alter the authority of the Mayor under Section 5.16 of the City Charter to approve immediate purchases. I • I I I C-3 1/86 I I Dated at Omaha, Nebraska thiy of , 197 1 ATTEST: CITY OF OMAHA, • MUNICI L CORPORATION rf .&)? ' By erk Mayor • Ordinance/Resolution No. (GC-) passed on SEAL OF THE CITY OF OMAHA: ti.in 2-S- , 11f 9 I W. Boyd Jones Construction Co., Inc. Contractor 4360 Nicholas Street Addresss Omaha Nebr 68131 z )7 . EST: City State Zip Code °e-Ce*-- - re ary of (Corporate) Contractor By X CORPORATE SEAL: Title: Pr=:ident STIPULATIONS: CORPORATE CONTRACTOR: I (1) Attach certified copy of resolution authorizing execution of this Contract; (2) Submit certificate showing corporation is qual- ified to do business in Nebraska. NON-CORPORATE CONTRACTOR: State Identity: Sole Owner(s); Partnership. 1 If a Partnership, state names and addresses of all partners and a "general partner" must execute. I • 1 C-4 1/86 1 I II • I . TO THE CITY OF OMAHA: ICERTIFICATE I Undersigned hereby certifies that all equipment to be used by undersigned in the performance of thecontcontractpertaining to the project for: ems` • c 11-( ricesist.uaLpern4s-rf atimFikkawsi g a IVva tX cat er�'" fervid and pursuant to Contract between undersigned and the City of Omaha has been assessed for taxation for the current year, except as to equipment acquired since the assessment date. Said Iequipment has been assessed in Douglas County Nebraska The Certificate above is submitted pursuant to the requirements of Section 77-1323, Reissue IIRevised Statutes of Nebraska, 1943, as amended. The Contractor further certifies that all non-salvaged material removed from the project will be disposed of at the following approved and permitted locations(s): N/A 1 The City must be informed of any additions or changes in such location(s). I W. Boyd Jones Construction Co Inc A Corporation I Contract. - I • e (Specify:Corporation,Partnership, or Individual) I By _ .ate,, :ie = , President �e,s•�; - -r, orOwner) ( S: re -ry (if torpor? on) ISTATE OF NEBRASKA ) ss. COUNTY OF DOUGLAS) IRoger L. Crane and Jon D. Crane being first duly sworn on oath depose and say that they are President and Secretary, respectively, of W. Boyd Jones Construction Co., Inc. a Corporation ;that they have read the foregoing Certificate, know its contents, and the same are true. I SUBSCRIBED and sworn to before me this �G U day of 1..a.„,...,g-L4_ , A.D., 19 II. 0 IL.,,_) � Adt_ M Commission Expires phi 9, / 9t Notary Public GENERAL NOTARY-State of Nebraska IV CAROL SUE DALE 02/91/5343S 'N..40' My Comm.Exp.Sept.9,1998 CERTIFIED CORPORATE RESOLUTION T Jon D. Crane , being duly elected Secretary or Assistant Secretary of W. Boyd Jones Construction Co., Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska (the "Company"), do hereby certify that the following is a true and complete copy of a resolution duly adopted at a meeting of the board of directors of the Company, duly called and held on January 18, 19 97, at which a quorum was present and voting; that said resolution is still in full force and effect and has not been rescinded; and that said resolution is not in conflict with the Articles or By-Laws of the Company: BE IT RESOLVED THAT the following named agents: Name Title Roger L Crane President Jon D Crane Vice President are granted full authority to act as agent for the Company, to enter into contracts, whether written or oral, on behalf of the Company and to the fully bind the Company in the performance of the terms of such contracts. The above named are further authorized to take such actions and enter into such arrangements as are reasonably necessary to complete the intent of the contracts. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal of this Company thejy th day of �a� , 19 97. (Seal) (Signed) (Rev. 1992) S retary/Assistant Secretary State ofNebraska Department of Labor Division of Safety & Labor Standards 1313 Farnam St., 3rd Floor Omaha, NE 68102-1898 (402) 595-3095 Date Issued • Date Expires 09/09/1996 .` , - - • . \, 09/15/1997 CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE ..‘ Fee $ 25.00 i • This Certificate is non-transferable 3 - • Registration# • - s 04832 . Year 96 . • Business: W. BOYD JONES CONSTRUCTION CO.,INC. 4360 NICHOLAS STREET OMAHA,NE 68131 4:4 Commissioner of Labor 07—CRA PERFORMANCE,.PAYMENT AND GUARANTEE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we W. Boyd Jones Construction Co. , Inc. hereinafter called Principal, and Aetna Casualty & Surety Company of America hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound to the City of Omaha and hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, executors, administrators, personal representative, successors, and assigns to the City of Omaha, a Municipal Corporation of the Metropolitan Class in the State of Nebraska, hereinafter called City, in the penal sum of One hundred sixty two thousand seven hundred & no/100 Dollars ($ 162,700.00 lawful money of the United States of America,to be paid to the City for the payment whereof the Principal and Surety hold themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns jointly and severally by these presents. WHEREAS,The Principal is about to enter or has entered, into a written Contract with rthe City for the construction by the Principal of iKetitogNotArnc3:'�f * 1bSVti Rafibie, -± -Td4 + �)� I t a • 1 also referred to as Project No. 1' ' ` ,which Contract is made a part hereof by reference thereto the same as though fullyset forth herein; NOW,THEREFORE,the conditions of this obligation are such that FIRST: If the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his or its part, shall satisfy Iall claims and demands incurred for the same, shall fully indemnify and save harmless the City from all cost and damage which said City may suffer by reason of failure so to do, and shall fully reimburse and repay said City all outlay and expense which said City may incur in making good any such default;and, 1 B-1 10/94 SECOND: The Principal shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Omaha,its I officers, employees, and agents from all claims, suits, or actions of every kind and character made upon or brought against the said City of Omaha, its officers, employees I and agents, for or on account of any injuries and damages received or sustained by any party or parties by or from the acts or omissions of the said Contractor or his or its I servants, agents, and subcontractors, in performing under said Contract, or by or in consequence, oror on account of anyact or omission of said Contractor or his or its qby servants, agents, and subcontractors, and also from all claims of damage for infringement of any patent in fulfilling said Contract;and, THIRD: The Principal and Surety on this Bond hereby agree to pay all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal or with subcontractors, all just claims due them for the payment of all laborers and mechanics for labor that shall be performed, for the payment of all material and equipment furnished, and for the payment of material and equipment rental which is actually used or rented in the 1 performance of the Contract on account of which this Bond is given,when the same are not satisfied out of the portion of the Contract Price which the City may retain until r completion of the construction;and, FOURTH: Principal and Surety are jointly and severally liable under the I provisions hereof and action against either or both may proceed without prior action against the other,and both may be joined in one action;and, - FIFTH: Work constructed for the City of Omaha under the specifications of the Contract of which this is a part hereof, shall be guaranteed as hereinafter more specifically set forth for the full number of years specified as set forth below. The term of guarantee shall be dated from the date of acceptance and as regards the respective ill projects shall be no less than the following: a. Permanent Paving Projects 2 years b. Sewer Projects 2 years c. Street Resurfacing Projects 2 years d. Seal Coating Application Projects 1 year e. Sidewalk Projects 2 years f. Traffic Signals 2 years g. Bridges & Structures 2 years h. Seeding& Sodding 1 year I B-2 9/83 7 i IThe Principal hereby binds himself and his heirs and assigns for the entire expense of the guarantee and for all repairs or reconstruction which may,from any imperfection in the said work or material, become necessary within the term of guarantee. The I Principal further agrees to correct and repair promptly during that time all failures of whatsoever description and all settlements and irregularities of trenches, sidewalks, I paving, other surfacing, sewers, drains or other structures caused by any imperf ection in his workmanship or material and shall deliver the work in all respects in good condition at the end of that time; • If, at any time within the period of guarantee after the completion and . acceptance of the work contract for, the work shall, in the judgment of the Engineer, reciuire such repairs of reconstruction as above set out, he shall notify the Principal by I certified mail and, should the Principal refuse or neglect to begin to make such repairs within twenty (20) days from the date of the service of such notice, then the City IEngineer shall have the right to cause such repairs or reconstruction to be made in such manner as he shall deem best; and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Principal or his Isureties; Then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force _ Iand effect. AnySuretyon this Bond shall be deemed and held,anyContract to the contrary notwithstanding,to consent without notice; I 1. To any extension of time to the Principal in which to perform the Contract. I 2. To any change in the Plans, Specifications or Contract,when such change does not involve an increase of more than twenty percent (20%) of the total Contract Price, and shall then be released only.as to such excess increase. I 3. That no provision of this Bond or of any other contract shall be valid which limits to less than five years from time of acceptance of the work the right to sue on this Bond for defects in workmanship or material not 111 discovered or known to the obligee at the time such work was accepted. 1 • I I . IB-3 9/83 I • SIGNED AND SEALED THIS 25th DAY OF February • . A.D., 19 97 . IN PRESENCE OF: W. Boyd Jones Construrti on Co__ Inc Principal . (71„).7Z: Alve-A-- • Name* Carol Sue Dale By 4360 Nicholas, Omaha NE Address Title: i COUNTERSIGNED: (Attach Corporate Resolution of Principal Authorizing Execution) .. sident nt* PegSapie za Aetna Casualty & Surety Company of America Surety Harry A. Koch Co. Company Name 2121 S 44th St. �-" I Address By � � (AGE y-m=Fact)* red . Sa ienza Omaha NE 68105 . City • State Zip APPROVED AS TO FORM: # *Instruction: Type names of persons under signature of each. I Or • Attorney I B-4 4/73 NEBRASKA STATUTORY RIDER The State of Nebraska Code, Section 44-4040 requires the name of the soliciting agent and the name and address of the agency to be shown on each bond issued by a Nebraska Agent or for any bond issued to a Principal or Insured residing in Nebraska. This rider is to comply with the statutory requirements of the State of Nebraska. Name of Soliciting Agent: Harry D. Koch Name of Insurance Agency represented by the Soliciting Agent: Harry A. Koch Co. Address of Agency: 2121 So. 44th St. , Omaha, Ne. 68105 A copy of this rider should be attached to the original and all copies of any bond issued. • • AETNA CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA Hartford,Connecticut 06156 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATfORNEY(S)-IN-FACT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,THAT AETNA CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut,and having its principal office in the City of Hartford,County of Hartford,State of Connecticut,hath made,constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make,constitute and appoint Harry A. Koch, Jr., Douglas G. Durbin, Harry D. Koch, Peggy Sapienza, David G. Jesse or Stephanie Schroeder - - of Omaha, NE , its true and lawful Attorneys•in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, or, if the following line be filled in, within the area there designated ,the following instrument(s): by his sole signature and act,any and all bonds,recognizances,contracts of indemnity,and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance, or conditional undertaking,and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind AETNA CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA,thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of AETNA CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA,and all the acts of said Attorneys-in•Fact,pursuant to the authority herein given,are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Company which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: VOTED: That each of the following officers:President,Any Executive Vice President,Any Senior Vice President,Any Vice President,Any Assistant Vice President.Any Secretary,Any Assistant Secretary,may from time to time appoint Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries,Attorneys-in-Fact, and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give any such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds,recognizances,contracts of indemnity,and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking,and any of said officers or the Board of Directors may at any time remove any such appointee and revoke the power and authority given him or her. VOTED: That any bond,recognizance,contract of indemnity,or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when(a)signed by the President,an Executive Vice President,a Senior Vice President,a Vice President,an Assistant Vice President or by a Resident Vice President,pursuant to the power prescribed in the certificate of authority of such Resident Vice President,and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary or by a Resident Assistant Secretary,pursuant to the power prescribed in the certificate of authority of such Resident Assistant Secretary;or(b)duly executed(under seal,if required)by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Board of Directors of AETNA CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers:President,Any Executive Vice President,Any Senior Vice President,Any Vice President,Any Assistant Vice President,Any Secretary,Any Assistant Secretary,and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it Is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,AETNA CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA has caused this instrument to be signed by its Vice President.and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 26th day of May ,19 95 AETNA CASUALTY AAND4SURREETYY COMPANY OF AMERICA 4. By 111 State of Connecticut Terry F.Lukow ss.Hartford Vice President County of Hartford ) On this 26th day of May ,19 95 .before me personally came TERRY F.LUKOW tome known,who,being by me duly sworn,did depose and say:that he/she is Vice President of AETNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA,the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument;that he/she knows the seal of said corporation;that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal;and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporation by authority of his/her office under the,Stannsdiing Resolutions thereof, o y {9 My commission expires August 37,1998 Notary Public Dorothy L.Marti CERTIFICATE I,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary of AETNA CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY OF AMERCIA,a stock corporation of the State of Connecticut,DO IiEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked;and furthermore,that the Standing Resolutions of the Board of Directors,as set forth in the Certificate of Authority,are now in force. Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company,in the City of Hartford,State of Connecticut.Dated this 25th day of February 19 9 7 O° y Stephen R.Sawyer Assistant Secretary Sda22(12-94) 02/24/97 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ....... PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE The Harry A.Koch Co. DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE P.O.Box 6215 POLICIES BELOW. Omaha,NE 68106 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY A HAWKEYE-SECURITY INSURANCE INSURED COMPANY W.Boyd Jones Construction Co. COMPANY PO Box 31336,Saddle Creek Stn Omaha NE 68131-0336 COMPANY D tOvRAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED,NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF. POLICY EXP. LIMITS LTR DATE(MM/DD/YY) DATE(MM/DD/YY) GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE 2000000 A X COMM.GENERAL LIABILITY UAL201363312 3/31/96 3/31/97 PROD-COMP/OP AGG. 2000000 CLAIMS MADE OCCUR PERS.&ADV.INJURY 1000000 OWNER'S&CONTRACT'S PROT EACH OCCURRENCE 1000000 FIRE DAMAGE(One Flre) 50000 MED EXP(Any one person) 5000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE A X ANY AUTO UCA701363321 3/31/96 3/31/97 LIMIT 500000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT ANY AUTO OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT AGGREGATE EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 5000000 A X UMBRELLA FORM UCU301363362 3/31/96 3/31/97 AGGREGATE 5000000 OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM WORKERS COMPENSATION AND STATUTORY LIMITS EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY A UWC101363350 3/31/96 3/31/97 EACH ACCIDENT 500000 THE PROPRIETOR/PARTNERS/EXECUTIVE INCL DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT 500000 OFFICERS ARE: EXCL DISEASE-EACH EMPL. 500000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS PROJECT: S.P.97-1;ROSENBLATT STADIUM PHASE I;RESTROOM RENOVATION &EXPANSION; 13TH&BERT MURPHY DRIVE,OMAHA,NE. CERT HOLDER IS ADDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED WITH RESPECTS TO LIABILITY FOR THIS PROJECT. SHOULD ANY OF TIIE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE TIIE CITY OF OMAHA EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON TIIE COMPANY,ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OMAHA,NE I r 1 • SPECIAL PROVISIONS INDEX • CONTRACT CONTROL S.P. - 2 INDEX TO STANDARD PLATES - (3 pages) S.P. - 3 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF UNIT PRICES STANDARD PLATE NO. 111 (3 pages) S.P. -4 I . IH 1 - ... • 1 I SP-1 3/92 r 1 i r SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT CONTROL: 1. All work, material, guarantees and bonds shall conform with: I (a) All applicable Federal and State Laws and all applicable ordinances and City of Omaha regulations; I (b) The plans and all notations shown and specified on the plans; (c) The Special Provisions herein contained; I (d) The City of Omaha Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1989 Edition. 2. In case of conflict between or among: (a) The notations shown and specified on the plans; I (b) The Special Provisions herein contained; (c) The City of Omaha Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1989 111 Edition; then the conditions shall control and prevail in accordance with the sequence above enumerated in this paragraph. Copies of THE CITY OF OMAHA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS . I CONSTRUCTION, 1989 Edition, are available at Room 631, Omaha/Douglas Civic Center, Public • Works Department. . • I I 1 I SP-2 11/89 I I DOCUMENT 00800 GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1. 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Conditions of the Contractor for Construction B. Supplementary Conditions. 1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. AIA Document A201 -General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Fourteenth Edition, 1987,Articles 1 to 14 inclusive,24 pages, a standard form of the American Institute of Architects. B. The General Conditions are hereby made a part of this Project Manual to the extent as if herein written out in full. C. Contractors unfamiliar with the General Conditions may examine them at the local chapter of the American Institute of Architects or by contacting the Architect • D. The General Conditions of the Contract is amended and modified,see Supplementary Conditions. E. The General Conditions of the contract apply to all parts of the work. 1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. The following supplements modify-General Conditions. Where at variance with General Conditions, these Supplementary Conditions shall have preference. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions, whether a portion of the Article, paragraph, subparagraph,or clause shall remain in effect B. Definitions: Article 1.1 "Basic Definitions"of the General Conditions shall be and is supplemented as follows: ' 1. Add 1.1.8-The Agreement The agreement which the successful bidder will be required to sign is AIA Document A101 "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,"Twelfth Edition, 1987, Articles 1 to 9 inclusive, 8 pages, a standard form of The American Institute of Architects, and including Document-Contract, Pages C-1 through C-4." C. Copies Furnished and Ownership: Article 1.3"Ownership&Use of Architect's Drawings, Specifications and Other Documents"of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add new Subparagraph 1.3.2: a. "1.3.2 All Drawings and photographs of Drawings including those used for publicity purposes, are instruments of service, the property of Bahr Vermeer&Haecker,Architects, Ltd., Omaha, Nebraska and may not be reproduced without their permission The reproduction shall carry their name as Architect." D. Site Layout Article 3.3 "Supervision and Construction Procedures"of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add new Subparagraph 3.3.5: a. "3.3.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct layout to line, level and dimension of all work as shown on the Drawings. He shall notify the Architect of any discrepancy that may exist between site conditions and the Drawings and shall obtain written instructions from the Architect before proceeding with this work." • E. Warranty: Article 3.5'Warranty"of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add new Subparagraph 3.5.2: a. "3.5.2 The Prime Contractor shall, in case of work performed by his subcontractors and where 01-06-97 00800-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena.CA I I guarantees are required, secure warranties from said subcontractors and deliver copies of same to the Architect upon completion of the work." F. Taxes: Article 3.6'Taxes"of the General Conditions shall be and is supplemented as follows: 1. Add new subparagraph 3.6.2: a. "3.6.2-The Owner will furnish the successful Contractor with a Purchasing Agent Appointment and Exempt Sale Certificate Form for all items which are considered by the State of Nebraska to be exempt from the State Sales Tax. This Appointment(and any Exempt Sale Certificate issued under this Appointment) does not apply to either (1) the purchase of materials to be used but not incorporated into the contract work, including but not limited to form lumber, scaffolding, etc., or(2) the purchase or rental of machinery, equipment or tools owned or leased by the Contractor and used in performing the contract work." I G. Permits: Article 3.7 "Permits, Fees and Notices," of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add the following to sub-paragraph 3.7.1: a. A City of Omaha, Nebraska building permit is required for this project All city fees for the above mentioned permits shall be waived. 2. Add new sub-paragraph 3.7.5: a. All contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers shall review the approved construction permit set of plans, for provisions required by regulatory authority. The Contractor shall advise the Architect, within thirty calendar days of the issuance of the building permit, of any conflicts or additional requirements or notations required on the building permit set If the Contractor should fail to notify the Architect within the specified time, then the Contractor shall bear the full cost for any work required by the regulatory authority in issuing the building permit H. Cleaning Up: Article 3.15"Cleaning Up"of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add subparagraph 3.15.3: a. "3.15.3-Special Cleaning: Besides the general floor cleaning,the Prime(General)Contractor shall do the following special cleaning for all trades at completion of Work (1) Cleaning of all fixtures and equipment furnished under these Specifications: All fixtures and equipment shall be cleaned of all stains, paint,dirt and rust" (2) Cleaning of exposed structure, mechanical, electrical, etc., ( Including, but not limited to, structural steel beams, steel joists, steel roof deck, ductwork, conduit, sprinkler lines, water lines, communication cables, hangers, braces, etc. Dirt, mud, etc., shall be cleaned form joists, beams, deck, ductwork, and other exposed items in rooms where no ceiling is to be installed. I. Cooperation: Article 3.19"Cooperation"of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add new paragraph 3.19"Cooperation": • a. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and the Architect to assure that the building process goes smoothly and without conflict J. Overhead and Profit Article 7.3"Construction Change Directives"of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add the following to supplement 7.3.3.3: 'The maximum percent which shall be allowed for CONTRACTOR'S combined overhead and profit, shall be as follows: a. For the subcontractor, 15%of the net extra cost of the work he performs. b. For the Contractor,8%of the net extra cost of the work performed by subcontractors. c. For the Contractor, 15%of the net extra cost of the work he performs with his own forces. The cost shall include all direct and necessary production costs of the work itself, i.e., labor and items incidental to labor (such as public liability and workmen's compensation insurance, old-age and unemployment insurance, social security), pro-rata charges for foremen, material, and the use of power tools and equipment. Among the items to be considered as overhead and not as cost are insurance other than as mentioned above, premium or bond(s) required by the Contract, supervi- 01-06-97 00800-2 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA • I I - sion, superintendents, timekeepers, clerks, watchmen, small tools, incidental job burdens, and general office expense. I For each Change Order issued, the Contractor shall furnish an itemized, bona fide,written proposal in multiple-copy form and with such supporting papers as the Architect may require. K. Progress Payments: Article 9.3"Applications for Payment'of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 111 1. Add the following to paragraph 9.3.1: a. "In applying for payments the Prime Contractor shall submit three copies of a statement showing the value of his material and labor satisfactorily incorporated in the building and acceptable material or equipment suitably stored at the site. Originals of the current editions of AIA Documents No. G702 and G703 shall be used for the applications for payment" "Include a brief description of each change order on the Continuation Sheets, AIA Document G 703, as part of the application for payment" I 2. Add the following to paragraph 9.3.2: a. "Materials stored off-site shall be included in the Application for Payment only if accompanied by a signed copy of the Supplementary Agreement(pages 00800-4&5)." 3. Add new Subparagraphs 9.3.4 and 9.3.5. I a. "9.3.4. Ten percent(10%)of the value of the work in place and materials suitably stored on the site, or at some other location, will be retained from each progress payment until the project is 50% complete, after which time there will be no additional retainage. The total sum thus retained(5%of contract amount) shall be paid to the Contractor upon final completion of the Work as called for in i Subparagraphs 9.10.1 and 9.10.2." b. "9.3.5. Before the first application for payment is approved, the Prime Contractor shall have submitted an acceptable progress schedule." I L. Payments: Article 9.10. "Final Completion & Final Payment" of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add new Subparagraph 9.10.5: a. "9.10.5 - The following additional documents shall be furnished to the Owner prior to the final 111 payment becoming due: (a) Signed letter setting date of completion of specific guarantees. (b) Guarantee Certificates for construction materials, etc., for periods specified in appropriate sections of these Specifications. I (c) Operating Manuals, Parts Lists and Equipment Drawings. M. Guarantee: Article 12.2"Correction of Work"of the General Conditions shall be and is hereby supplemented as follows: 1. Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.2.2: a. 'The Prime Contractor shall and does hereby guarantee the following in respect to all work performed by him or his subcontractors. . (a) For a period of two years from the date of substantial completion and longer if so written in II 111 any of the Sections, all work shall remain in perfect working order. (b) Nothing in the above intends or implies that this guaranty shall apply to work which has been abused or neglected by the Owner or his successor in interest (c) Where guarantees or warranties are written in any of the Sections for longer terms, such longer terms shall apply." (d) A Certificate of Final Payment will not be issued until the Contractor has submitted to the architect Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment and Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debt and Claims executed in duplicate on AIA Documents G707 and G706, April I i 1970 editions, respectively and other items required in this section. N. Payment to Unemployment Compensation Fund: I 1. The Contractor will pay to the Unemployment Compensation Fund of the State of Nebraska unemploy- ment contributions and interest due under the provisions of Section 48-601 through 48-699, Nebraska Reissue Revised Statutes of 1943, on wages paid to individuals employed in the performance of this contract 2. Before final payment may be made on the final three percent (3%) of this contract, the Owner must 01-06-97 00800-3 BV&H#96136 IIBAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 receive from.the Contractor a written clearance from the Commissioner of Labor of the State of• I Nebraska certifying that all payments then due of contributions or interest which may have arisen under this contract have been made by the Contractor or his subcontractor to the Unemployment Compensation Fund. I END OF SECTION 11 • 111 I I I 1 I I I i 01-06-97 00800-4 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I i • SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT - for STORAGE OF MATERIALS OFF SITE I Date: IRe: (Project) - (Address) I It is understood and agreed by the undersigned that a portion of the payment made under Application and Certificate j for Payment No. , issued in favor of(Contractor) 1 i for work I on (Project) I (Address) i under contract dated represents payment for materials procured and to be furnished and installed under the terms of the contract and which are to be stored at a secure site off the building site by the Contractor or Subcontractor until used in such construction work, such payment being made in advance of, rather than following, delivery of such materials to the building site as required by said construction contract,and under the following conditions: 1 1. Materials being paid for hereunder are to be earmarked and plainly tagged or marked as"Property of (Owner) " Iand shall be accessible for inspection by the Owner or Architect during normal working hours. 2. Such materials shall be separately located and stored at the job site and II (insert name and address of warehouse) and segregated in said place of storage,and the materials in this space clearly marked as"Property of I (Owner) 3. Such materials shall be kept free from any liens or encumbrances by Contractor or Subcontractor and shall be I kept adequately insured against loss to(Owner) by theft, fire or other casualty at the expense of the Contractor or Subcontractor. Proof of insurance attached. 4. Such materials shall be stored as herein provided and moved to the building site as needed in the I construction work without expense to(Owner) 5. Material paid for and stored as herein provided is as follows: 111 (Insert itemized list of materials or attach invoices.) I I 01-06-97 00800-5 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I I 111 No.5 continued • (Insert itemized list of materials or attach invoices.) I I i I Owner Contractor , By By Authorized Signature I Bonding Company for Contractor Subcontractor I By By Authorized Signature Authorized Signature I Subcontractor I By Authorized Signature I END OF DOCUMENT I I 01-06-97 00800-6 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA • I I • SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Work covered by contract documents. - B. Contract method. C. Work by Owner and others. D. Contractor Use of Site and Premises. E. Owner Occupancy. F. Sequence of work and completion schedule. G. Applications for Payment ' 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of this Contract comprises general construction including mechanical and electrical for Rosenblatt Stadium, Phase I - Restroom Renovation and Expansion, located at 13th Street and Bert Murphy Drive, Omaha, Nebraska 68130,for The City of Omaha, Owner. B. The City of Omaha Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 1989 Edition, ' Section 100 - General Requirements and Covenants shall serve as part of the General Requirements. C. The Contractor shall be required to obtain all of the necessary and required permits for this project. All city fees for the above mentioned permits shall be waived. 1.3 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct the Work under the lump sum prices of items as listed in the Proposal. B. Items noted"NIC" (Not in Contract),will be furnished and installed by Owner, or is work that has been previously constructed under another contract. 1.4 WORK BY OWNER AND OTHERS A Items noted "NIC" (Not In Contract) will be furnished and installed by Owner or Owner's contractor. Coordinate with Owner for this work. 1 B. A separate demolition contract has been issued. Refer to drawings dated 26 December 1996. C. Coordinate with Owner for this work. 111 1.5 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Limit use of site and premises to allow: 01-06-97 01110-1 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102(402)345-3060-Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I 1. Owner occupancy of adjacent existing stadium and Owner access. 2. Work by Other Contractors and Work by Owner. B. Access to Site: Coordinate with Owner. I C. Construction Operations: Coordinate with Owner. 1. Contractor use of site shall be limited as required for the Owner's use for Omaha Royals' home baseball games. Omaha Royals season starts approximately April 1, 1997. 2. Contractor shall limit construction operations to the minimum area required to complete the work. Storage of materials and equipment shall be limited to areas agreed to with Owner. 3. Contractor shall secure work areas at all times to prevent unauthorized entrance to the stadium and this area. I D. Utility Outages and Shutdown: Coordinate with Owner. 1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner will occupy site and existing stadium during construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner 111 usage. Perform work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. 1.7 SEQUENCE OF WORK AND COMPLETION SCHEDULE A. Notice to Proceed is anticipated to be issued on approximately February 24, 1997. B. Begin work immediately. I C. Complete all work by May 15, 1997. 1.8 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT ' A. Submit one original and three copies of each application under procedures of Section 01330 on AIA G702-Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 Continuation Sheet. B. Content and Format: That specified for Schedule of Values in Section 01330. 2. PRODUCTS I Not used. 3. EXECUTION I Not used. END OF SECTION I 01-06-97 01110-2 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102(402)345-3060-Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1. GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Coordination. B. Field engineering. • C. Alteration project procedures. • D. Preconstruction conference. E. Progress meetings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 01110-Summary of Work Coordination with Owner. 1.3 COORDINATION A The General Contractor shall coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. ' B. The General Contractor shall coordinate the location of all mechanical, electrical, or other items with the General Construction work C. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing,connecting to, and placing in service,such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance,and for repairs. E. In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. I 01-06-97 01310-1 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I r 1.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized I engineering survey practices. 1.5 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES I A Materials: As specified in Product Sections; match existing Products and work for patching and extending work. II II B. Remove, cut, and patch Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide a means of restoring Products and finishes to original specified condition. C. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain to specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. D. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. ' Patched Work to match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance. E. When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Architect/Engineer. F. Where a change of plan of 1/4 inch or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing a III smooth transition for Architect/Engineer review. G. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections. H. Finish surfaces as specified in individual Product Sections. 1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE I A Architect/Engineer will schedule a conference after Notice of Award. I B. Attendance Required: Owner,Architect/Engineer, major subcontractors;and Contractor. C. Agenda: I 1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Distribution of Contract Documents. 3. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 4. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the Architect/Engineer. 5. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments,proposal request, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures. 6. Scheduling. 7. Scheduling activities of geotechnical Engineer. i 1.7 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum two-week intervals. 01-06-97 01310-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I I B. Make arrangementsf r o meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, record minutes,and distribute copies within two days to Architect/Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Owner and Architect/Engineer,as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. ' 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work. 2. PRODUCTS Not used. ' 3. EXECUTION Not used. iEND OF SECTION • t 1 i ' 01-06-97 01310-3 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 1 • SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL" 17120Ge,pV l2¢is 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A Procedures. • B. Construction Progress Schedules. C. Schedule of Values. D. Proposed Products List E. Shop Drawings. ' F. Product Data. G. Manufacturer's Instructions. ' H. Construction Photographs. I. Samples. J. Field Samples. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 01110-Summary of Work Work Sequence,Applications for Payment B. Section 01400-Quality Requirements: Testing laboratory reports. C. Section 01400-Quality Requirements: Manufacturers field service reports. D. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Contractor's list of Products. E. Section 01770-Closeout Procedures: Closeout submittals. 1.3 PROCEDURES A Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at address listed on cover of Specifications. B. Transmit each item under Architect/Engineer-accepted form bound in the specifications. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, major supplier, identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Specification Section number, as appropriate. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. C. Submit initial progress schedule, schedule of values, and proposed Products List in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement After review by Architect/Engineer 1 revise and resubmit as required. Submit revised schedules with each second Application for Payment, reflecting changes since previous submittal. D. Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to Work progress. Coordinate submittal of related items. E. After Architect/Engineer review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes made since previous submittal. 01-06-97 01330-1 BVH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)34r3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 F. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES ' A. Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first work day of each week. B. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of Work as of time of each Application for Progress Payment C. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, and samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner and those under Allowances. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF VALUES , A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703; Contractor's standard form or media-driven printout will be considered on request B. Format Table of Contents of the specifications. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. C. Include in each line item amount of Allowances specified. ' D. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit E. Revise schedule to list change orders,for each application for payment , 1.6 PROPOSED PRODUCT LIST A. Submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. After ' review, reproduce and distribute in accordance with requirements in Article on Procedures, above. B. Contractor's Review: 1. Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and verify field measurements, field construction criteria, manufacturer's catalog numbers, and conformance of submittal with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Coordinate submittals with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents. Notify Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submittal of any deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. 3. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed for each sheet of shop drawings, and product data certifying to review, verification of products, field dimensions and field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and coordination of information with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. 4. Any drawings submitted without this stamp of approval will not be considered and will 111 be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. 1.8 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data; supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information unique to the Work. 01-06-97 01330-2 BVH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 I I B. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be I retained by Architect/Engineer. 1.9 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS I A When required in individual Specification Section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for product data. I 1.10 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS. A Twice monthly, take photographs and submit same to Architect/Engineer with Application for Payment. I B. Photographs: Two prints each; black and white, glossy, 8 x 10 inch size; mounted on 8-1/2 x 11 inch clear binders,with left edge binding margin for three hole punch. I C. Take twelve exterior site photographs from differing directions and twelve interior photographs indicating the relative progress of the Work, 7 days maximum prior to submitting. D. Identify photographs with date,time,orientation and project identification. 1.11 SAMPLES I A Submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect/ Engineers selection. Submit samples for selection of finishes within sixty(60)days after date of Contract. I B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. C. Include identification on each sample,giving full information. ID. Submit the number specified in respective Specification section; one will be retained by Architect/Engineer. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in the I 1.12 FIELD SAMPLES Section. A Provide field samples of finishes at Project as required by individual Specifications section. I Install sample complete and finished. Acceptable samples in place may be retained in completed Work. I 2. PRODUCTS Not used. II 3. EXECUTION I Not used. END OF SECTION I 1 01-06-97 01330-3 BVH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 1 TRANSMITTAL FORM FOR SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA,OR SAMPLES (One copy of this form shall be provided with each submittal.) TO: BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS, LTD. Transmittal No. 1209 Hamey Street, Suite 400 Omaha, NE 68102 First Submittal Resubmittal PROJECT: ROSENBLATT STADIUM Shop Drawing PHASE I-RESTROOM RENOVATION&EXPANSION Product Data 13th Street&Bert Murphy Drive Sample Omaha, Nebraska Other S.P. 97-1 CONTRACTOR: BVH PROJECT NO. 96136 CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT: 'This Submittal has been reviewed by Contractor and approved with respect to the means, methods,techniques, sequences and procedures of construction,and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto." NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: If any submittal deviates from the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall advise the Architect of the deviations in writing accompanying the submittal, including the reasons for the deviations. CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE: DATE: , SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION ACTION TAKEN COPIES TO No. Quant Ref. Mfgr./Supplier Item A B C D E` O A EC 1 ACTION TAKEN COPIES TO: A-Approved O-Owner B-Furnish as corrected A-Architect C-Revise and submit E-Engineer D-Submit specific item C-Contractor E-Rejected INSTRUCTIONS TO ENGINEER,CONSULTANT: This transmittal with the enclosures enumerated above is being forwarded for your review. Please note the action taken on each of the submittals and complete, sign, date and return this transmittal form. Please return within seven I (7)working days from date received. COMMENTS —BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS, LTD. By: Date _CONSULTANT By: Date 01-06-97 01330-4 BVH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena.CA ISECTION 01400 I . QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1. GENERAL I1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. IB. References. C. Field samples. ID. Mock-up. E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. IF. Manufacturers'field services and reports. I1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 01310-Project Management and Coordination. I B. " Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submission of Manufacturers' Instructions and Certificates. IC. Section 01600=Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. D. Section 02300-Earthwork. I IE. Section 03300-Cast-In Place Concrete. t3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION IA Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship,to produce Work of specified quality. IB. Comply fully with manufacturers'instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification Ifrom Architect/Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more I precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. IF. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. I I 01-06-97 01400-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I t 1.4 REFERENCES I A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids. I B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document 1.5 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for review. ' B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. - C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been accepted by Architect/Engineer. 1.6 SPECIAL INSPECTION SERVICES A The Owner shall employ and pay for special inspection services to perform inspections and testing as required by the 1994 Uniform Building Code Section 1701 as deemed necessary by local and state code officials. 1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES ' A The Owner shall employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing for soils, aggregates, mortar, and concrete. The cost of tests failing to meet specification requirements shall be deducted from the Contractor's payments. The Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent firm for inspection and testing not provided by the Owner. B. The independent firm will perform inspections,tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Architect/Engineer. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer, in duplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Architect/Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Surn/Price. , 01-06-97 01400-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 1 1.8 MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. C. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect/Engineer for review. 2. PRODUCTS Not Used ' 3. EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 I 1 01-06-97 01400-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA SECTION 01500 • ' TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS • 1.GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electricity,Lighting. ' B. Heat,Ventilation. C. Telephone Service. • 111 D. Water. E. Sanitary Facilities. ' F. Barriers. G. Enclosures. ' H. Protection of Installed Work. I. Security. J. Water Control. K. Cleaning During Construction. ' L. Project Identification. M. Field Offices and Sheds. ' N. Removal. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01110-Summary of Work. B. Section 01770-Closeout Procedures: final cleaning. 1.3 ELECTRICITY,LIGHTING A. Connect to existing service, provide branch wiring and distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction-type power cords. Owner will pay costs of energy used. Take measures to conserve ' energy. B. Provide lighting for construction operations. 1.4 HEAT,VENTILATION ' A. Provide as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity.I B. Prior to operation of permanent facilities for temporary purposes,verify that installation is approved for operation, and that filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation,maintenance and utilities. C. Provide ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent accumulations of ' dust,fumes,vapors,or gases. 1.5 TELEPHONE SERVICE 01-06-97 01500-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 A. Provide telephone service to field office. 1.6 WATER A. Connect to existing facilities;extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by use of hoses. Owner will pay for water used. 1.7 SANITARY FACILITIES ' A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. B. Existing facilities shall not be used. ' 1.8 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas to provide for Owners use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways as required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. C. Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic,stored materials, dumping,chemically injurious materials,and puddling or continuous running water. 1.9 ENCLOSURES , A. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as required to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing areas and equipment. Construction: Framing and sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces;paint surfaces exposed to view in Owner occupied areas. 1.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections,jambs,sills,and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors and I stairs from traffic,movement of heavy objects,and storage. C. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces,on lawn and landscaped areas. 1.11 SECURITY A. Provide security program and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry,vandalism,and theft.Coordinate with Owner's security program. 1.12 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment. ' 1.13 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish;periodically dispose of off-site. _ I B. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 1.14 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION ' A. Provide 8 x 4 foot(2.4 x 1.2 m)double-sided project identification sign of wood frame and exterior grade plywood construction, painted,with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter,to Owner's design and colors. List title of I 01-06-97 01500-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 Project,names of Owner,Architect/Engineer,professional consultants,Contractor. B. Erect on site at location established by Architect/Engineer. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. ' 1.15 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather-tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, and ventilating equipment, and equipped with furniture. Provide,in addition,space for Project meetings,with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. ' B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials, and Equipment Weather-tight, with heat and ventilation for Products requiring controlled conditions,with adequate space for organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1.16 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials,equipment,services,and construction prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Remove underground installations to a depth of 2 feet;grade site as indicated. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified,or to original,condition. 2.PRODUCTS Not used. 3.EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 I 01-06-97 01500-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena.CA 1 1 • SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ' 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. Product options. E. Substitutions. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS iA. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures. B. Section 01400-Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. 1.3 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. ' Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer,for similar components. ' 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 111 C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement,or damage. 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ' A. Contractor storage areas shall be approved by the Owner. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight,climate controlled enclosures. C. For exterior storage of fabricated products,place on sloped supports,above ground. 01-06-96 01600-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 H. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications,no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:Submit a request for I substitution for any manufacturer not named. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To encourage competitive bidding among material suppliers and manufacturers, the Architect will evaluate all substitutions which are submitted at least ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Those substitutions which the Architect deems acceptable will be included in an Addendum and issued at least two(2)days prior to the bid date. Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of Contractor. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. 1. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor. a. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. b. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. c. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. d. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. C. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals,without separate written request,or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. D. Where the phrase "or approved equal" or "equal" is used, it shall be construed to mean, in the Architect/Engineer's estimation,and the Architect/Engineer will be the sole judge in determining whether a product or procedure is equal to that specified. 2.PRODUCTS-Not Used. 3.EXECUTION-Not Used. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 01-06-96 01600-2 8V&1#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 1 • SECTION 01730 • CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01110-Summary of Work: Work by Owner or by separate contractors. B. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures. C. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Product Options and Substitutions. ID. Individual Product Specifications Sections: 1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section. 2. Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in work of those Sections. 3. Limitations on cutting structural members. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ! A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element. 3. Efficiency,maintenance,or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. B. Include in request: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed work,and products to be used. I 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed. 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 A. Primary Products: Those required for original installation. B. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution under provisions of Section 01600. 3.EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect existing conditions prior to commencing Work,including elements subject to damage or movement during ' cutting and patching. B. After uncovering existing Work,inspect conditions affecting performance of work. 01-06-97 01730-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 1 man acceptanceof existingconditions. C Beginning of cutting or patching means ccep 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage. B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work. • C. Maintain excavations free of water. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting,fitting,and patching including excavation and fill to complete Work. B. Fit Products together,to integrate with other work. C. Uncover work to install ill timed work. D. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work. E. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. F. Provide openings in the Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work. 3.4 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather-exposed and moisture-resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces. C. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. - D. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Fit work airtight to pipes,sleeves,ducts,conduit,and other penetrations through surfaces. F. At penetrations of fire-rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire-rated material, in accordance with Section 07900-Joint.Sealers,to full thickness of the penetrated element. G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest Intersection or natural break. For an assembly,refinish entire unit. END OF SECTION • I 1 01-06-97 01730-2 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena.CA 1 1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures. B. Final cleaning. C. Adjusting. D. Project record documents. E. Operation and maintenance data. • F. Warranties. • G. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01500- Temporary Facilities and Controls: Progress cleaning. 1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect/Engineer's inspection. B. Provide submittals to Architect/Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances,polish transparent and glossy surfaces,vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. • C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. D. Replace filters of operating equipment. E. Clean debris from roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas. G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. 1.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site,two sets of the following record documents;record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 01-06-97 01770-1 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I 3. Addenda. I 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Reviewed shop drawings,product data,and samples(one set). B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. Record documents must be in good condition and not previously used. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. D. Specifications: Legibly mark in red and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings:Legibly mark in red each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original Contract Drawings. F. Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch (216 x 279 mm) text pages, three D side ring capacity expansion binders with durable plastic covers. B. Prepare binder covers with printed title"OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS",title of project,and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below, with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. D. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume,with each Product or system description identified.Type on 24 pound white paper. E. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors,and major equipment suppliers. This is to include all electrical fixtures. F. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions,arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: 1. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment and where purchased. 3. Parts list for each component 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 6. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. G. Part 3:Project documents and certificates,including the following: 1. Shop drawings and product data. 2. Air and water balance reports. 3. Certificates. 4. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. H. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be returned I 01-06-97 01770-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I ii after final inspection, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal. II. Submit final volumes revised,within ten days after final inspection. J. Post in the Electrical Room: a framed floor plan, by room number, indicating the various types of paints used, I including all manufacturers, styles, and identification numbers and letters needed to reorder. Also include ceiling tile manufacturer and styles,by number,as well as any other specific wall covering or finish. 1.8 WARRANTIES A. Provide two notarized copies. IB. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors,suppliers,and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cover. ID. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion,provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. I1.9 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification ISections. B. Deliver to Owner,obtain receipt prior to final payment. I 1.10 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to final inspection,demonstrate operation of each system to Architect/Engineer and Owner. I B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction. 2.PRODUCTS-Not used. I 3.EXECUTION- Not used. IEND OF SECTION 1 I 1 I 01-06-97 01770-3 BV&H#96136 1 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena.CA 1 I ./ I • SECTION 02220 DEMOLITION 1 1. GENERAL 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Demolish designated structures. I B. Remove materials from site. • C. Remove foundation and floor slabs. ID. Disconnect,cap, remove and identify utilities. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS IA Section 01110-Summary of Work Owner Occupancy. IB. Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Barricades. C. Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Dust Control. ID. Section 01770-Closeout Procedures: Project Record Documents. E. Section 02300-Earthwork Excavating, Backfilling,and Grading. 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS i IA Submit demolition and removal procedures and schedule. B. Submit record documents. 1.4 EXISTING CONDITIONS A Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures. I B. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private thoroughfares. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. IC. Do not close or obstruct roadways and sidewalks without permission from Owner. D. Use every precaution not to damage any existing utilities. I2. PRODUCTS Not used. 1 3. EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION IA. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring as required. I 01-06-97 02220-1 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I I B. Protect existing materials, appurtenances, structures and items which are not to be demolished I 1 and are to remain. C. Disconnect, remove,and cap designated utility lines within demolition areas. Do not I disconnect any utilities without prior notice to and approval by Owner. D. Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify utilities and indicate capping locations on Project I Record Documents. E. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, fumes, noise, and smoke to provide for Owner occupancy as specified inSection 01110. I 3.2 EXECUTION A. Demolish indicated structures and appurtenances in an orderly and careful manner. Particular 1 care must be taken to sequence, brace and provide any temporary support necessary for safe truss and column element removal. - B. Cease operations and notify Architect/Engineer immediately if adjacent structures appear to be III endangered. Do not resume operations until corrective measures have been taken. C. Except where noted otherwise, immediately remove demolished material from site. I D. Remove materials to be re-installed or retained in manner to prevent damage. Store and protect Elements and materials to remain are to be adequately protected to prevent damage. E. Remove, store,and protect for re-installation items designated. F. Remove and promptly dispose of contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous - I materials encountered. • G. Do not bum or bury materials on site. I H. Remove foundation walls and footings as required to install new construction, but to a minimum of eight inches below floor line. I. Remove concrete slabs on grade. All cutting of concrete slabs shall be with a water type concrete saw. Careful jack hammering of concrete will be allowed. J. Keep work sprinkled to minimize dust Provide hoses and watermain or hydrant connections for this purpose. K. Backfill areas excavated open pits and holes caused as a result of demolition. I L. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Leave site in clean condition. 3.3 REMOVAL ITEMS TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER AT LOCATION DESIGNATED BY THE . 111 OWNER A. The following items: 1 1. Items as selected by Owner. END OF SECTION 1 01-06-97 02220-2 BV&H#96136 1 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 I I SECTION 02300 . - • IEARTHWORK 1.GENERAL 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A This section covers all stripping and cutting, filling, compacting, excavating, backfilling, and rough and finish Igrading; below or adjacent to structural additions. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS - . IA Section 02220-Demolition. B. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete. IC. Division 15: Excavating and Backfilling for Utility Lines. 1.3 REFERENCES IA ANSI/ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb Rammer and 12 inch Drop. 1.4 EXISTING CONDITIONS A Investigation. 1 1. Subsurface soil investigations have been made at the project site,the results of which are to be found in the reports prepared. The letter prepared by Thompson, Dreessen & Domer, Inc., dated February 1, 1996, and by Nebraska Testing Corporation, Reports No. NTC 6200-91-150, NTC 6200-87-535, NTC I 6200-87-535 Supplement, dated January 11, 1991,July 15, 1987, and September 2, 1987,respectively. A copy of these reports may be examined at the City of Omaha and the Architect/Engineer's office. The information was obtained for use in preparing the foundation design; however, it is also made I available for the general information of bidders. B. Bidders are urged to examine soils investigation data and to make their own investigation of the site before bidding.I C. Interpretation 1. Soil investigation data is provided only for information and convenience of bidders. The owner and I Architect and Engineer disclaim any responsibility for accuracy, true location and extent of soils investigation`that has been prepared by Others. They further disclaim responsibility for interpretation of that data by bidders; as in projecting soil-bearing values, rock profiles, soil stability, and presence, level and extent of underground water. Soil investigation data are not part of the Contract Documents. I1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A Moisture-density relations for materials used for fill and backfill shall be determined in accordance with the standard method of test, ASTM D698. These tests shall be conducted by an approved laboratory at the expense of the Owner, and shall be completed before any fill is placed. I B. Soil Density Tests. Inspection and frequent testing by qualified personnel shall be provided during compaction of fill and preparation of subgrade to insure proper moisture content and degree of compaction. 1 01-06-97 02300-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 I The Owner shall pay for all testsand inspection servic es meeting the specification requirements. A minimum of one compaction and moisture field test shall be made for every 100 cubic yards of fill placed, but not less than one test per 1,000 square feet of overlaying structure area, nor less than three tests per structure. 1.6 PROTECTION A. Protect trees,shrubs, lawns,and other features remaining as part of final landscaping. I B. Protect bench marks and existing structures, fences, roads and sidewalks against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. I C. Protect aerial,surface,or underground utility lines or appurtenances which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, or other methods, as required to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from falling into excavations. 111 E. Notify Architect of unexpected sub-surface conditions and discontinue work in area until Architect provides notification to resume work. F. Protect bottom of excavations and soils around and beneath foundations from frost • G. Grade around excavation to prevent surface water runoff into excavated area. I H. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. Contractor shall use shoring and sheeting procedures as necessary to protect existing structures. I. Repair damage. I 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All fill and backfill materials shall be suitable soil, free of refuse, stones or clods larger than 3 inches , maximum dimension, vegetation and other perishable matter, subject to approval by the Geotechnical Engineer. Materials shall be suitable excavated material or selected from a borrow area. Compacted fill below and adjacent to structural addition shall be constructed of clean, inorganic low-plasticity silt or lean clay having a maximum liquid limit less than 40 and a maximum plasticity index less than 20. Backfill of the foundation walls shall be constructed of inorganic silty clay or sandy clay. Frozen material shall not be included in the soil used for fill. B. Granular fill under grade slabs, including concrete steps, shall be clean granular sand-gravel or medium- grain size sand material free from clay,silt, loam,friable or soluble materials,and organic matter. C. Fill under landscaped areas shall be free from alkali, salt and petroleum products. Use subsoil excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements. D. Topsoil shall be friable loam free from subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stones and foreign matter. Use topsoil stockpiled if conforming to these requirements. E. Crushed rock fill at auxiliary storage area to be 3/4"and smaller. 01-06-97 02300-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA, 1 I ' 3.EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT A. The Contractor will stake out the project work and shall erect and maintain batter boards at all corners, and shall establish an exterior bench mark. B. Carefully preserve bench marks and reference points; in case of their destruction, replace them and be responsible for any mistake that may be caused by their loss or disturbance. r3.2 UTILITY LINES • A. Utility lines installed by other Contractors shall be protected during excavating and backfilling operations; if damaged,they shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. B. When encountered in the work or as indicated, protect existing active sewer, water, gas, electric, or other utility services;where required for the proper execution of the work, relocate them as directed. C. Any existing active utility lines,the location of which are not known to the Contractor in sufficient time to avoid damage, if inadvertently damaged,shall be repaired by the Contractor and extra payment will be allowed. 0. Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug or seal lines and identify at grade. 111 3.3 FILL COMPACTION A. Provide and place any additional fill material required to bring the work to the designated grades. The Contractor shall notify the Architect when ready for filling and compacting. In no case shall fill be placed on a subgrade that is muddy, frozen or that contains frost. The entire area to receive fill and areas to receive slabs or paving shall be scarified to a depth of 6 to 8 inches, the moisture content adjusted if necessary, and the area recompacted to a uniform condition complying with the moisture and compaction requirements for the compacted fill. The subgrade shall be tested by an approved laboratory. The fill material shall be wetted, or dried by aeration, if required,and an initial lift of 8"loose thickness shall be installed. This initial lift shall be tested for degree of compaction and moisture content by an approved laboratory. After satisfactory test results have been obtained, the remaining fill shall be constructed in lifts of 8-inch maximum loose thickness to required grade. In the event of a rainstorm damaging the surface of a lift, all damaged material shall be removed and recompacted or left to dry to required moisture content specified -and recompacted if ' necessary. B. When fill is to be placed on slope steeper than 4 to 1, the slope on which fill is to be placed shall be stepped to a vertical depth of at least 12 inches. C. The extent of the area compacted to receive the granular fill and slabs on grade shall be sufficient to provide equipment turn-around outside of the area within the exterior walls, and slope from that point to natural grade at not more than a 1 to 2 grade. No wall footing trenches shall be excavated until the entire area is compacted to the required elevation to receive concrete slabs and granular fill. D. Granular fill under grade slabs, including seating concrete steps, shall be placed to the designated thickness, and thoroughly compacted to a reasonable smooth, even surface. Unless otherwise indicated, granular fill under grade slabs shall be not less than 4 inches thick. E. Any compacted fill, backfill, or subgrade that does not meet the requirements of this specification at the time slabs or concrete steps are to be placed shall be reworked or removed and property replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 01-06-97 02300-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA •h • t F. The Contractor is cautioned to exercise care during compaction so as not to damage adjacent construction. 3.4 FILL TYPES AND DEGREE OF COMPACTION A. Fill and subgrade for areas to receive slabs, concrete steps and drive,shall be compacted to at least 98%of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D-698 Standard Proctor test Soil moisture shall be kept within+4%and-2%of the optimum moisture content B. Backfill over exterior footings or mats and next to basement or retaining walls shall be: placed at approximately the density of the surrounding soils. Where backfill is to support grade slabs or pavements, it shall be compacted to at least 98%of the Standard Proctor test within+4%to-2% of the optimum moisture content 3.5 EXCAVATING A. All excavating shall be unclassified and the Contractor shall remove whatever materials encountered in excavating to the lines and grades as indicated on the drawings. B. Excavated materials which are suitable and required for filling and backfilling shall be stockpiled at a convenient location. All material which is not suitable or which is not required shall be removed from the site and satisfactorily disposed of. C. Excavation shall extend a sufficient distance from foundation walls to allow additional space as required for construction operations, for the removal of forms, installation of utilities, inspections, etc. Excavations shall be left open until the concrete work has been inspected and approved, and the work of other trades concerned completed. D. Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation, new or , existing, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. . E. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. I F. Excavated surfaces will not be permitted for use as forms for placing concrete for foundation walls, mats, and area wells. Trenches for foundation footings may be excavated to dimensions of the concrete work if the nature of the soil will permit. Undercutting will not be permitted. G. Maintain excavation in good order, provide adequate bracing and shoring, protect excavations against frost and freezing or excessive drying until concrete can be placed. I H. Maintain excavation free of water at all times. Water which has accumulated in the excavation shall be removed. Bottoms and sides of excavations affected by water shall be corrected by removal of additional material to sound surfaces. I. In the event that any part of the excavation is carried through error, or to correct water damage, below the depth shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall maintain the excavation at that level and start the footings and foundations from the excavated level or raise the excavation to the specified footing bearing elevation with lean concrete, unless otherwise directed by the Architect No claim for extra work or material will be allowed because of careless excavating to depths beyond those shown and required. J. If suitable bearing as verified by the soils engineer is not encountered at the elevation shown, notify the Architect in writing and an appropriate change order revising depth or design of footings will be issued. The contract price will be adjusted if additional excavating and other construction is required. I 01-06-97 02300-4 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I I 3.6 BACKFILLING A Before placing backfill, remove all debris, trash, material subject to termite attack, rot or corrosion, and other objectionable matter. Ensure that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition. Recompact sides and bottoms of excavations to condition required for backfill. Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous,wet or spongy. B. Backfilling shall commence as soon as possible after permanent installations are approved. Exercise care to avoid damage to adjacent construction, walls, dampproofing and other work in place. In compacting adjacent to walls after walls are built to grade, compact on both sides at the same time, or brace walls to avoid displacing or rupturing any portion of wall. C. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. ' D. Heavy, self-propelled or towed power-operated mechanical equipment used for spreading and compacting backfill shall not be operated closer to foundation or retaining walls than a distance equal to the height of the backfill above the top of the footing. Areas where other equipment cannot be operated shall be compacted by power-driven hand operated equipment 3.7 SURPLUS MATERIAL A Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site. B. Leave stockpile areas and entire job site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. 3.8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' A Payment for granular fill and other earthwork covered under this section shall be included in applicable lump sum items listed on the Proposal. END OF SECTION 1 1 I i 1 01-06-97 02300-5 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel bars,wire fabric and accessories for cast-in-place concrete. 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete. A. Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies: Reinforcement for masonry. 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. ACI 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 318-89-Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. C. ACI SP-66-American Concrete Institute-Detailing Manual. ' D. ANSI/ASTM A185-Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement E. ANSI/ASTM A497-Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement F. ANSI/AWS D1.4-Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel. G. ASTM A615-Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement H. ASTM A706-Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. I. CRSI-Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Practice. 1.4 SUBMITTALS • A. Submit under provisions of Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, and supporting and spacing devices. Comply with ACI SP-66 for detailing reinforcement. Shop drawings and bar lists to be prepared and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Nebraska. ' C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Maintain one copy of ACI 301 on site at all times. C. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis. ' 01-06-97 03200-1 BV&H#63136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with placement of formwork,formed openings and other Work. I 1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Reinforcing steel shall be stored above the ground surface upon platforms;skids,or other supports. 1 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615,60 ksi yield grade;deformed billet steel bars. I B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 furnish in flat sheet C. Steel expansion joint dowels: Dowel bars shall be round smooth steel conforming to ASTM A36. 1 D. Polypropylene Fiber Reinforcement 1/2'long fibrillated,virgin polypropylene fibers; Fibermesh or approved equal. I 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gauge annealed type. I B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture. I 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice. , B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4 and applicable portions of ACI 318-89. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices , with Architect/Engineer. 3.EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. All reinforcement shall be secured in position and inspected and approved by Architect, before concrete can be placed. 3.2 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement and welded steel wire fabric against displacement Do not deviate from required position. B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. 01-06-97 03200-2 BV&H#63136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I 1 1 D. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as indicated on the Drawings. E. Conform to ACI 318 code for concrete cover over reinforcement not indicated on the Drawings. F. All slabs on grade shall be reinforced with 1/2" long polypropylene fiber reinforcement at the rate of 1.5 lbs/cubic yard of concrete. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 01-06-97 03200-3 BV&H#63136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 I SECTION 03300 ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A Provide cast-in-place concrete where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, ' Supplementary Conditions,and Section in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Section 03200-Concrete Reinforcement 1.3 REFERENCES A ACI 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings. ' B. ACI 302-Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. C. ACI 304-Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing,Transporting and Placing Concrete. D. ACI 305R-Hot Weather Concreting. ' E. ACI 306R-Cold Weather Concreting. F. ACI 308-Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. ' G. ACI 318-Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. H. ANSI/ASTM D994-Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous Type). • ' I. ANSI/ASTM D1190-Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type. J. ANSI/ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction ' (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). K. ASTM C33-Concrete Aggregates. • ' L. ASTM C94-Ready-Mixed Concrete. M. ASTM C150-Portland Cement ' N. ASTM C260-Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 1 - 01-06-97 03300-1 BV&H#96136 ' BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 O. ASTM C494-Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. P. ASTM C618- Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice To Proceed, submit 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. C. Submit two copies of laboratory trial mix designs proposed in accordance with ACI 318-89, Chapter 4 or one copy each of 30 consecutive test results and the mix design used from a record of past performance in according with AC1318-89,Chapter 4. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary , crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301, except as otherwise indicated. A copy of ACI 301 shall be kept on the job at all times. C. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. D. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. E. Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. F. Testing: The Owner shall select an independent testing laboratory, subject to the approval of the Architect, 111 and shall pay for all testing. 1. All Portland Cement shall be tested at the mill in conformity with ASTM C 150. 2. During construction, compression test cylinders shall be made at the job site, by approved,ACI certified personnel. Four cylinders, molded from one sample, for each test and at least one test for each day's batch concreting, but not less than one test per 50 cu. yds., of each class of concrete shall be made following standard Procedure ASTM C 31. Cylinders shall be cured 24 hours on the job in a manner to prevent loss of moisture and maintain a temperature of 60 to 80 degrees F. At the end of 24 hours the cylinders shall be carefully transported to a testing laboratory, moist cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. One cylinder shall be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. The remaining cylinder to be held as reserve for later testing if required. After 56 days, unless notified by the Architect to the contrary, reserve cylinder may be discarded without being tested. The cost of compression testing shall be paid directly to the laboratory by the Contractor. 1 01-06-97 03300-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I 3. When the strengthlevel of the concrete is considered unsatisfactory,the Architect shall have the right to 9 order tests at no cost to the Owner of the hardened concrete in the structure, conducted in accordance ' with standard procedure ASTM C 42, or order required field load tests. In case the field tests show weakness in the structure, all such concrete shall be removed and replaced with new concrete when directed by and at no cost to the Owner. 2.PRODUCTS -. ' 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement Provide a standard brand of Portland cement complying with ASTM C150, Type I. Do not change • the brand of cement during progress of the work except as approved in writing by the Architect ' B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: Nebraska Department of Roads fine and coarse aggregate for Class "47B" concrete. All aggregates for normal weight concrete shall meet ASTM C33. ' C. Water. Clean, potable,and not detrimental to concrete. - ' 2.2 ADMIXTURES A Air Entrainment Use only a standard brand of admixture for concrete, approved by the Architect, and meeting ASTM C260. B. Chemical: ASTM C494, Type A-Water Reducing Type B-Retarding Type C-Accelerating Type D-Water Reducing and Retarding Type E-Water Reducing and Accelerating Type F-Water Reducing, High Range Type G-Water Reducing, High Range and Retarding admixture. C. Calcium chloride or admixture containing more than 0.1% chloride ions are not permitted. The use of a water reducing agent that contains chlorides shall not be used in any concrete that is to be prestressed. ' D. Certification: Provide admixture manufacturer's written certification that chloride ion content complies with specified requirements. - ' 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Liquid type membrane forming curing compound complying ' with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A unless other type acceptable to Architect Moisture loss not more than 0.055 gr./sq.cm.when applied at 200 sq.ft./gal. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to,the following: "Masterseal'; Master Builders. "A-H 3 Way Sealer";Anti-Hydro Waterproofing Co. "Ecocure"; Euclid Chemical Co. "Clear Sear';A C. Horn. "Sealkure";Toch Div.-Carboline. "Kure-N-Seal';Sonnebom/Contech. "Polyclear'; Upco ChemicalUSM Corp. "L&M Cure"; L&M Construction Chemicals. ' 01-06-97 03300-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I B. Absorptive Cover. Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf,weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq.yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. ' C. Moisture-Retaining Cover. One of the following,complying with ASTM C 171. Waterproof paper. Polyethylene film. Polyethylene-coated burlap. D. . Bonding Agent Use only a standard brand, approved by the Architect, of two component, mineral filled, epoxy-polysulphide polymer complying with FS MMM-G-650 Type I or Type II. Grade A E. Vapor Barrier. 6 mil polyethylene moisture barrier cover over prepared base material at building slabs and where shown on drawings. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154. F. Non-Shrink Grout CRD-C 621,factory pre-mixed grout , 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the work include,but are not limited to,the following: , a. Non-metallic: "Mastertlow 713";Master Builders. "Sonogrout";Sonnebom Building Products. "Euco-NS"; Euclid Chemical Co. "Crystex"; L&M Const Chemical Co. 2.4 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler. Premolded asphalt impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D1751 of thickness as indicated in the Drawings. B. Construction Joint Devices: Integral galvanized steel formed to tongue and groove profile, knockout holes I spaced at 6 inches, ribbed steel spikes with tongue to fit top screed edge. C. Expansion Joint.Material: Rescor closed cell plastic manufactured by W. R. Meadows, Inc., Vinylfoam#327, manufactured by W. Grace and Co.,or approved equal. ' D. Sleeves: Steel pipe complying with ASTM A53,standard weight,galvanized. E. Sealant and Primer. as specified in Section 07900. , 2.5 CONCRETE MIX A Concrete strength shall be in accordance with ACI 301,Article 3.2,as follows: ' 1. Specified compressive strength(fc)of concrete shown but not indicated on the Drawings: a. fc-4000 psi at 28 days age for all concrete. b. Air-entrained,6 percent plus or minus 1 percent for exterior exposed concrete. 01-06-97 03300-4 8V&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 2. Required average compressive strength shall be in accordance with ACI 301,Article 3.8.2.3. 3. Concrete exposed to freezing and thawing in the completed project shall be proportioned in accordance with Method 2,ACI 301 -six sacks of cement(564 Ibs)minimum per cubic yard of concrete. 4: Concrete for slabs on grade shall have 1.5 lbs/cubic yard fiber reinforcement ' B. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by the Contractor when characteristics of materials, use of admixtures,job conditions, method of placement,weather, test results,or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by the Architect Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the ' Architect before using in the work. - C. Air-Entrainment Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise indicated. Add ' air-entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content(percent by volume)as noted in the General Notes on the Drawings. Permissible variation from specified air content is plus or minus one percent D. Admixtures: No admixtures will be allowed except as specified herein, unless authorized by the Architect Requests for approval and/or substitution must be accompanied by sufficient information and test data for evaluation. ' 1. Use admixtures for water-reducing and set-control in strict compliance with the manufacturer's directions. E. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at the point of placement as noted. F. Slump: 1. Maximum Slump: 2"to 4"for slabs,walls and footings. 2. Where field conditions require slump to exceed that indicated, obtain increased slump by use of super- plasticizer only. Obtain written approval of Architect who may require adjustment to the mix. ' G. Normal Weight Concrete: Water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.45 by weight including any water added to meet specified slump in accordance with ASTM C 94, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. H. No water shall be added to concrete mix outside of the batch plant All adjustments to the concrete mix, except as indicated in "F' above, shall be made only at the batch plant subject to the approval of the architect ' 3.EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are ' corrected. 3.2 INSPECTION ' A. Bearing material for all footings shall be inspected by the Geotechnical Engineer before footings are placed. Should unforeseen conditions be discovered necessitating increase in the footing depth, the Architect will order such increase and allow the Contractor extra payment • 01-06-97 03300.5 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I 111 Should unforeseen conditions be discovered necessitating increase in the footing depth, the Architect will order such increase and allow the Contractor extra payment B. No concrete shall be placed until the Architect has approved the reinforcement and other embedded items. All concrete placed in violation of this provision shall be rejected and removed. The Contractor shall give the Architect 24 hours notice before placing concrete. 3.3 CONCRETE MIXING A. Concrete for minor work,when approved by the Architect, may be mixed at the site in a power mixer when the mixer has a capacity not less than one full sack batch. B. Unless otherwise approved by the Architect, use ready mixed concrete complying with ASTM C94. 3.4 PLACING CONCRETE A. Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete where form coatings are not used. B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. C. Ensure reinforcement,welded wire fabric, inserts, embedded parts, formed joint fillers, and joint devices are secured in proper locations and are not disturbed during concrete placement D. Install vapor barrier only under interior slabs on grade, lap joints minimum 12 inches and seal watertight by taping edges and ends. I E. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor barrier material; lap over damaged areas minimum 12 inches and seal watertight F. Install joint fillers, primer and sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler of thickness as indicated. ' H. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/4 inch of finished slab surface. Conform to Section 07900 for finish joint sealer requirements. I. Maintain records of concrete placement Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. J. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. ' K. Place floor slabs in checkerboard pattern unless otherwise indicated. L. Saw cut joints as soon as possible, without damaging concrete. Using 3/16 inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 1 depth of slab thickness, unless otherwise indicated. M. Interior slab control joints are to be hand tooled, cast-in or may be saw cut immediately following final 111 troweling using a"soff-cut'saw in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1 01-06-97 03300-6 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I . 1 ' N. Screed floors level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/4 inch in 10 ft, unless otherwise approved by the Architect _. 3.5 CONCRETE FINISHING IA. Steel trowel surfaces which are scheduled to be exposed, unless otherwise indicated. B. In areas with floor drains, pitch surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated on Drawings. • I 3.6 CURING AND PROTECTION I A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 305R and 306R. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. IWeather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. ` C. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue I final curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. D. Curing methods: Perform curing of concrete by curing and sealing compound, by moist curing, by moisture- Iretaining cover curing,and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. E. Provide moisture curing by following methods. 1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. l 2. Continuous water-fog spray. 3. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, Iwith 4"lap over adjacent absorptive covers. F. Provide moisture-cover curing as follows: 1. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable I width with sides and ends lapped at least 3" and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. G. Provide curing and sealing compound to interior slabs with synthetic turf surfacing or left exposed; and to exterior slabs,walks,and curbs,as follows and except as noted below: 1. Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with coating material I applied directly to concrete, concrete sealer, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect and the curing and sealing product is proven compatible with the applied coating I or finish. 2. Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power-spray or roller in I accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. I I 01-06-97 03300-7 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I H. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above,as applicable. , I. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs,floor topping, and other flat surfaces by application of appropriate curing methods. J. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive liquid floor hardener or finish flooring by use of moisture-retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.7 PATCHING 1 A. Allow Architect/Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. • B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect/Engineer upon discovery. C. Patch imperfections as directed. , 3.8 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified , requirements. B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect/Engineer. ' C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect/Engineer for each individual area. , END OF SECTION , 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 01-06-97 03300-8 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 SECTION 04060 ' MORTAR AND GROUT 1. GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Mortar for masonry. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete Footings. B. Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies: Installation of mortar. ' C. Section 08110-Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Grouting steel door frames. 1.3 REFERENCES • ' A ASTM C5-Quicklime for Structural Purposes. B. ASTM C144-Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. C. ASTM C150-Portland Cement. ' D. ASTM C207-Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. E. ASTM C270 Mortar for Unit Masonry. F. ASTM C387-Packaged, Dry,Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. G. IMIAC-International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended Practices and Guide Specifica- tions for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1 H. ASTM C404-Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout. ' I. ASTM C476-Grout for reinforced and non-reinforced masonry. J. 1994 Uniform Building Code. ' 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit under provisions of Section 01330. ' B. Samples: Submit two ribbons of mortar, illustrating color and color range. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness,freezing, and foreign matter. ' 01-06-97 04060-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Homey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 1 1 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC- Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 2. PRODUCTS , 2.1 MATERIALS A Portland Cement ASTM C150,Type I;gray color. 1 B. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207,Type S. D. Quicklime: ASTM C5, non-hydraulic type. E. Premix Mortar. ASTM C387, using gray cement for concrete masonry and gray cement, normal strength for face brick. F. Water. Clean and potable. G. Aggregates for Grout ASTM C404. 2.2 MORTAR MIXES A Mortar for concrete masonry walls: ASTM C270,Type S. I B. Type S mortar shall be mixed in accordance with ASTM Standard Specifications for Mortar for Unit Masonry C270 as follows: 1. 1 part by volume Portland Cement 2. 1/4 to 1/2 part by volume Hydrated Lime. 3. 3-1/4 to 4-1/2 parts by volume Aggregate. 4. Clean water as required for proper tempering. 2.3 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270. 111 B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. C. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper only within two hours of mixing. D. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or two-and-one-half hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar to requirements of the specific masonry Sections and Drawings. END OF SECTION 01-06-97 04060-2 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 SECTION 04800 MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Concrete masonry units. ' B. Reinforcement,anchorage,and accessories. 1.2 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Placement of loose steel lintels. ' 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 04100-Mortar B. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at control and expansion joints. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM A82-Cold-Drawn steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement B. ASTM A123-Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. C. ASTM A525-Steel Sheet,Zinc Coated, (Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process. D. ASTM A580-Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Wire. E. ASTM A615-Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement F. ASTM C90-Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. G. IMIAC - International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended Practices and Guide Specifi- cations for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. H. 1994 Uniform Building Code. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330. B. Submit product data for each material, flashing, and accessory indicating product meets or exceeds that specified. ' 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer. Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum five years documented experience. 01-06-97 04800-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA • 1 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with 1994 Uniform Building Code. B. Comply with U.L. Laboratory Fire Ratings. 1.8 MOCK-UP ' A Provide mock-up of composite masonry under provisions of Section 01400. B. Erect 3 x 4 feet panel size, include specified mortar and accessories. I C. When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard for the work. Mock-up may remain as part of I the work. 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. t B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. •• 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Specifications for Cold Weather , Masonry Construction, and 1994 Uniform Building Code. 2. PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MANUFACTURERS-CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. A member of Nebraska Concrete Masonry Association. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS • A. Hollow Load Bearing Block Units: ASTM C90,Grade N,Type I-Moisture Controlled; normal weight I B. Concrete Brick Units: ANSI/ASTM C55, Grade N, Type I - Moisture Controlled; normal weight of same Grade,Type,and Weight as block units. • C. Masonry Units: Nominal modular and double half modular(scored) size of 2 - 12 x 8 x 16 inches. Provide special units for 90 degree corners, bond beams, and lintels. Provide at reveal patterns indicated on Drawings. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement Ladder type; hot dip galvanized after fabrication cold-drawn steel 1 conforming to ASTM A580,Type 304, 9 gauge side rods with 9 gauge cross ties; manufactured by AA Wire Products Co., Dur-O-Wall;or Heckmann Building Products Co. B. Adjustable veneer anchors: Brick ties for use at 2" CMU soap wall shall be Durowal, Inc. DA-213S with 9 1 guage veneer reinforcement lapped minimum of 1" onto CMU soap, all hot dip galvanized, including 2 D/A 01-06-97 04800-2 BVBH#96136 I BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 I 807 stainless steel screw type fasteners at each anchor. C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615,60 ksi,yield grade, deformed billet bars. D. Strap Anchors: Bent steel strap,20 gauge hot dip galvanized. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A Joint Filler. Closed cell polyethylene oversized 50 percent to joint width; self-expanding; 3/4 inch wide by maximum lengths. B. Cleaning Solutions: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. �. 2.5 GROUT A Grout Materials: Portland Cement ASTM C 150, Type I, except Type III may be used for cold weather construction. 1. Fine Aggregate for Grout Sand,ASTM C 33 or ASTM C 404,Size No. 1. - 1 B. Grout ASTM C 476,and the following: 1. Use "Fine Grout'where specified. Proportion by volume; one part portland cement, zero to 1/10 part lime and sand equal to 21/4 to 3 times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime materials. C. Mixing: Combine and mix cement, lime,water and aggregates for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Do not use grout which has begun to set or if more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed after initial mixing. D. In addition, grout shall be proportioned as required to provide a 28-day minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi. 1. Mix grout to have a slump of 10"plus or minus 1", at time of placement E. Do not add air-entraining agents or other admixtures to grout materials. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Verify items provided by other Sections of work are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location,and ready for roughing into masonry work. D. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION ' A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other Sections. B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure 01-06-97 04800-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 1 1 provides permanent bracing. 1 3.3 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels,and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement I B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond. Course one unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. Form concave mortar joints. 3.4 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar,with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work. B. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. I C. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. D. Remove excess mortar as Work progresses. ' E. Interlock intersections and external corners. • F. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. G. Perform jobsite cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. H. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint I I. Isolate top joint of masonry partitions from horizontal structural framing members and slabs or decks with a control joint or clear space as indicated on the drawings. 3.5 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES-REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY • A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches o.c. I B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening. C. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first joint below top of walls. 1 D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 12 inches. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of openings. ' E. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. 3.6 LINTELS A. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel or precast concrete lintels are not scheduled. 01-06-97 04800-4 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA 1 i . I 111 . B. Openings To 36 Inches Wide: Place two, No. 4 reinforcingbars one inch from bottom web, unless Up otherwise shown. 1 IC. Openings Over 36 Inches: Reinforce openings as detailed. D. Use single piece reinforcing bars only. E. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. - . - IF. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. I G. Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening. 3.7 GROUTED COMPONENTS A Reinforce bond beams as indicated on the Drawings,and fill with grout I B. Reinforce pilasters and walls as indicated on the Drawings and fill with grout IC. Lap splices minimum 48 bar diameters. D. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. I E. Fill with grout all cores containing reinforcing,embed items,etc. IF. Place and consolidate grout fill without disturbing reinforcing. G. At bearing locations, fill masonry cores to foundations with grout for a minimum 8 inches either side of Iopening. See drawings for additional requirements. 3.8 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IA. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control and expansion joints. B. Install preformed control joint devices in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in accordance with Imanufacturer's instructions. C. Size control joint in accordance with Section 07900 for sealant performance. ID. Form expansion joint as detailed. 3.9 BUILT-IN WORK IA. As work progresses, build-in metal frames, anchor bolts, plates, and other items furnished by other Sections. B. Build-in items plumb and level. C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. D. Do not build-in organic materials subject to deterioration. 1 01-06-97 04800-5 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd..1209 Harney Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE Pasadena,CA I 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Alignment of Columns: Pilasters: 1/4 inch. 1 B. Maximum Variation from Unit to Adjacent Unit 1/32 inch. C. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. I D. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. E. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet; 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch in 30 feet. F. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet 3.11 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, grounds, and other built-ins. Coordinate with other Sections of work to provide correct size, shape,and location. B. Obtain Architect/Engineer approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01770. 1 B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears. C. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. D. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. I E. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.13 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finish installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. END OF SECTION I I I 01-06-97 04800-6 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&I-IAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I 111 . 1 SECTION 05500 IMETAL FABRICATIONS 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items,galvanized and prime painted. 1 B. Refer to Schedule at end of this Section. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS I . A Section 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete. I B. Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies. C. Section 09900-Painting: Paint finish. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36-Structural Steel. iB. ASTM A53-Hot-Dipped,Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM A123-Zinc Coatings of Fabricated Products. ID. ASTM A307-Low-Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. E. ASTM A501 -Hot-Formed Welded Steel Structure Tubing. IF. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. G. FS TT-P-641 -Paint, Oil: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, Red and Brown. H. FS TT-P-641 -Primer Coating,Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide(for Galvanized Surfaces.) II. FS TT-P-645-Primer, Paint,Zinc Chromate,Alkyd Type. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS IA Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01330. B. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. C. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1 D. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. PRODUCTS I2.1 MATERIALS - 02-06,47 Steel Sections: ASTM A36. 05500-1 BV&H#96136 IBAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 -Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I I 1 B. Steel Tubing:ASTM A53, Grade B,Schedule 40. (ASTM A501) C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325. I D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1;type required for materials being welded. E. Primer. FS TT-P-31, red or brown;for shop application and field touch-up. F. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: FS TT-P-641. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections,for delivery to site. 1 D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. Ii E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure,except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints butt tight,flush, and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication,except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.3 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust,scale,grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. I B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat. D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 oz/sq ft zinc coating. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Obtain Architect/Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. B. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. I D. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate Sections. 3.2 INSTALLATION 02-06-97 05500-2 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 -Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I I i . A Install items plumb and level,accurately fitted,free from distortion or defects. B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. C. After installation,touch-up field welds, scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. I3.3 SCHEDULE A Provide and install items listed in Schedule and shown on Drawings with anchorage and attachments necessary for installation. B. The Schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawing details for items not specifically scheduled. IIC. Galvanized steel components as shown on drawings. D. Lintels: As detailed, prime paint I END OF SECTION I $ 1 I .1 . I I I • 02-06-97 05500-3 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS.Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 -Lincoln,NE - Pasadena.CA i 1 I 111 SECTION 06100 -� ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof curbs. ' B. Blocking in wall and roof openings. C. Wood furring and grounds. D. Concealed wood blocking for. E. Wood treatment 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06200-Finish Carpentry: Window and door openings to receive wood blocking. B. Section 09260-Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ALSC-American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standard. B. APA-American Plywood Association: Grades and Standards. C. AWPA-American Wood Preservers Association: Treatment Standards. D. FS TT-W-571 -Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. E. NFPA-National Forest Products Association. F. WCLIB-West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber. IG. WWPA-Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A:- Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330. B. Provide technical data on wood preservative materials and application instructions. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 01-06-97 06100-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 A Lumber Grading Rules: NFPA,WCLIB or WWPA. B. Softwood Lumber: SPF species, No.2 grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content C. Plywood: APA Rated Sheathing;5/8"minimum exterior,with waterproof glue, unsanded. D. MDO Plywood: APA Rated: exterior,with waterproof glue, medium density overlay. I E. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere;size and type to suit condition. F. Anchors: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolts or ballistic fasteners for anchorages to steel. 2.2 WOOD TREATMENT I A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): AWPA Treatment C2 using water borne preservative with 0.30 percent retainage at roof and other contact,0.40 at ground contact,0.60 at structural members. 3. EXECUTION • 3.1 WOOD TREATMENT A. Shop pressure treat and deliver to site ready for installation, wood materials requiring UL fire rating and pressure impregnated preservatives. Provide UL approved identification on fire resistant treated materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION I A Erect wood framing members level and plumb. B. Curb all roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by lapping side members alternatively. C. Coordinate work with installation of decking and support of decking at openings. D. Install wood blocking, furring&sheathing in locations shown on drawings. E. Install building paper/air barrier in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply continuously Tape all joints and perimeter at edges including openings. END OF SECTION 1 i 01-06-97 06100-2 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A Finish carpentry items,other than shop fabricated work. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. B. Section 08700-Hardware: Supply of finish carpentry hardware. C. Section 09900-Painting: Painting and finishing of finish carpentry items. 1.3 REFERENCES A AWI-Quality Standards. B. FS L-P-508-Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Decorative and Non-Decorative. C. FS MM-L-736-Lumber-Hardwood. D. FS MMM-A-130-Adhesive,Contact E. PS 1 -Construction and Industrial Plywood. F. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard. G. PS 51 -Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. H. PS 58-Basic Hardwood. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform finish carpentry work in accordance with AWI Quality Standards, Custom grade. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01330. B. Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, finishes, accessories, and to a minimum scale of 1-1/2 inch to one foot(1:10). C. Submit manufacturers instructions under provisions of Section 01330. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01330. 1.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver wood materials under provisions of Section 01600. 01-06-97 06200-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Homey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I t B. Store indoors, in ventilated areas with constant minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS I A Softwood Lumber. PS 20; custom grade in accordance with AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent for interior work. I B. Trim Lumber custom grade in accordance with A101; maximum moisture content of 6 percent; plain sliced red cedar. 2.2 SHEET MATERIALS A Softwood Plywood: PS 1; custom grade in accordance with AWI; core material of lumber; or high-density particleboard. B. Wood Particleboard: per AW1; standard high density, composed of wood chips made with water resistant adhesive;of grade to suit application;sanded faces. Provide 3/4"thickness; unless noted otherwise. I 2.3 ADHESIVE A Contact Adhesive: Type recommended by manufacturer. I 2.4 ACCESSORIES A Nails: Size and type to suit application. I B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non-corrosive for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish at other interior locations. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to schedule at end of this Section. 1 B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb,and level. C. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting this Section are placed and ready to receive this work. D. Prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies in contact with cementitious materials. I E. Fit exposed edges of plywood and particleboard shelving with 3/8 inch thick hardwood edging. Width is thickness of plywood or particleboard. F. Install hardware supplied by Section 08700 in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Apply plastic laminate finishes where indicated. Adhere with adhesive over entire surface. Make joints and111 corners hairline. Match patterns. Slightly bevel arises. Cap exposed edges with plastic laminate of same IN finish and pattern. Apply laminate backing on reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. 01-06-97 06200-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I H. Apply paneling in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. I3.2 PREPARATION FOR FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 3.3 SCHEDULE IA. Interior. 1. On-site constructed millwork. I 1 END OF SECTION I I I I I 1 I I • I I I 01-06-97 06200-3 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I 1 SECTION 07200 THERMAL PROTECTION 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces, crevices in exterior wall and roof assembly. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. 1.3 REFERENCES A. FS HH-I-521 -Insulation Blankets,Thermal(Mineral Fiber, for Ambient Temperatures). 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. United States Gypsum. B. Certainteed. C. Manville. D. Owens Coming. E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS 1 A. Batt Insulation: Preformed glass fiber roll; indicated on Drawings; vapor barrier type with membrane. B. Foam insulation: Polycel by W. R. Grace Co. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive installation. ' B. Verify mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed and tested. 3.2 INSTALLATION rA. Install batt insulation and vapor/air barrier in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 01-06-97 07200-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102(402) 345-3060-Lincoln,NE- Pasadena,CA I 1 I B. Install batt insulation,vapor and air barrier in exterior walls and ceiling spaces without gaps or voids. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. I D. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids. E. Place vapor and air barrier on warm side of insulation by taping in place. Tape seal tears or cuts in barrier. I F. Extend vapor and air barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent window and door frames and other items interrupting the plane of membrane. Tape seal in place. G. Install foam insulation around perimeter of all exterior door and window frames, and all penetrations, to seal all gaps completely. 3.3 SCHEDULE , A. Install batt insulation and vapor barriers at ceilings and other locations as shown on drawings. 111 END OF SECTION I I I I I I I II 1 1 01-06-97 07200-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Harney Street,Omaha,NE 68102(402) 345-3060-Lincoln,NE- Pasadena.CA I I I SECTION 07900 IJOINT SEALERS I1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: IA. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant,caulking, and backing. 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete: Sealants used in conjunction with concrete. IB. Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies: Sealants used in conjunction with masonry. 1.3 REFERENCES IA. ANSI/ASTM D1056-Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber. IB. ASTM C804-Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. C. SWI(Sealing and Waterproofers Institute)-Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330. Iper formance Submit product data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, criteria, limitations and color availability. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 111 A. Manufacturer. Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum Ithree years documented experience. B. Applicator. Company and applicators specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by sealant manufacturer. IC. Conform to Sealant and Waterproofers Institute requirements for materials and installation. I 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. B. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. I 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 1 A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01310. B. Coordinate the work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section. 01-06-97 07900-1 BV&H#96136 I BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS 111 A Polyurethane Sealant Single component (two component at precast concrete), chemical curing, non- staining, non-bleeding, capable of continuous water immersion, non-sagging type for application in vertical joints and in horizontal joints, color as selected; manufactured by Pecora, Tremco, Sonnebom or approved equal for one component,and Sonnebom for two component. Elongation Capability 25 percent Service Temperature Range -40 to 180 degrees F Shore A Hardness Range 20 to 35 B. Silicone Sealant Single component, fungus resistant, chemical curing, non-sagging, non-staining, non- bleeding,color as selected, manufactured by General Electric or approved equal. C. Fire Stopping Sealant Synthetic Elastomer 3M Brand Fire Barrier CP25 or equal. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A Primer. Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner. Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer, compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ANSI/ASTM D1056; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent S larger than joint width; manufactured by Sonnebom or approved equal. D. Bond Breaker. Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. I 3.EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 A. Verify that joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. I B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION I A. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. , C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release sealants. E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. I 3.3 INSTALLATION 01-06-97 07900-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I 1 A. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release sealants. B. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/dept ratios. D. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. E. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. F. .Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Install sealant free of air pockets,foreign embedded matter, ridges,and sags. H. Tool joints concave. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A Clean work under provisions of Section 01770. B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. C. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect sealants until cured. 3.6 SCHEDULE Location Type A Window and door frames, masonry Polyurethane. control joints,joints between dissimilar materials, and other joints. B. Horizontal joints in concrete. Polyurethane C. Bathroom accessories, sinks,etc. Silicone D. Fire rated wall,ceiling,or floor construction Firestopping penetrations. END OF SECTION 1 I 01-06-97 07900-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I . 1 SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-rated and fire rated steel doors and frames. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 048000-Masonry Assemblies: Masonry mortar fill of metal frames. B. Section 08700-Hardware. C. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Field painting of doors. 1.3 REFERENCES A ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. ANSI/SDI-100-Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. ASTM A525-Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process. D. Door Hardware Institute (DHI) - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builders Hardware. IE. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows. F. NFPA 252-Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. G. UL 10B-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A Submit under provisions of Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate door elevations, intemal.reinforcement, closure method, and cut-outs for glazing and finish. C. Product Data: Indicate door and frame configurations, anchor types and spacings, location of cut-outs for hardware reinforcement. D. Manufacturers Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/SDI-100 and ANSI A117.1. I 01-06-97 08110-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Fire Rated Door Construction: Conform to UL 10B. I B. Installed Door Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class as scheduled. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect,and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Protect doors with resilient packaging. I C. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with door opening construction,door frame and door hardware installation. I 2.PRODUCTS I 2.1 DOOR MANUFACTURERS A • Steelcraft Manufacturing, Inc. I B. Ceco Corporation. C. Curries Manufacturing. a D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 1 2.2 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Exterior Doors(Galvanized): SDI-100 Grade III, Model 2(16 gauge). I B. Exterior Frames: 14 Gauge thick galvanized material. C. Interior Doors(Galvanized): SDI-100 Grade III, Model 2(16 gauge). 1 D. Interior Frames: 14 Gauge thick galvanized material. 2.3 DOOR CONSTRUCTION 111 A Face: Steel sheet in accordance with ANSI/SDI-100. 111 B. Core: Polyurethane foam. 1 01-06-97 08110-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I 2.4 ACCESSORIES A Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber. B. Primer. Zinc chromate type. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames as welded unit type. B. . Fabricate doors with continuous welded seams. C. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. D. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors on strike side. E. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit. F. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight 1 G. Configure exterior frames with special profile to receive weatherstripping. 2.6 FINISH A Steel Sheet Galvanized to ASTM A525 G60. B. Primer._ Baked on. • 3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate conditions. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. • 3.2 INSTALLATION A Install doors in accordance with ANSI/SDI-100 and DHI. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage, glass, and glazing. • C. Install door and frame plumb and level. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware specified in Section 08700. ' 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge,corner to corner. I 01-06-97 08110-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 3.4 ADJUSTING I A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01770. I B. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement. C. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. I END OF SECTION 1 1 I I I 1 I I I I I i t 01-06-97 08110-4 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I SECTION 08310 1 ACCESS DOORS 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Fire resistive rated and non-rated access door and frame units. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04300-Unit Masonry System. rB. Section 09260-Gypsum Board Systems: Openings in gypsum board. C. Section 09900-Painting: Field paint finish. • 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer fire rated access doors and frames to conform to UL requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330. B. Include sizes,types,finishes, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C. Submit Manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01330. 2. PRODUCTS 111 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Inryco/Milcor. B. J.L. Industries. • C. Karp Associates, Inc. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames and flanges of 16 gauge steel and door panels of 14 gauge steel. Minimum size required is 24"x 24". B. Weld,fill,and grind joints to assure flush and square unit C. Hardware: 175 degree steel hinges with non-removable pin and keyed flush lock. • ' 2.3 FINISH A 1 - 01-06-97 II 08310-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION , A Verify rough openings for door and frame area correctly sized and located. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. , 3.2 INSTALLATION A Install frames plumb and level in wall and ceiling openings. B. Position to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access. ' C. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. t 1 t I i 1 I 1 1 t 01-06-97 08310-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Harney Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I • SECTION 08700 HARDWARE 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for interior and exterior doors. B. Thresholds and weatherstripping for exterior doors. ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 08110-Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Hollow metal doors. 1.3 REFERENCES A ANSI A115.2-Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1-3/4 inch Doors. 1 B. ANSI A115.4-Door and Frame Preparation for Lever Extension Flush Bolts. C. ANSI A115.13-Door and Frame Preparation for Tubular Deadlocks. D. ANSI A156.1 -Butts and Hinges. E. ANSI A156.2-Locks and Lock Trim. F. ANSI A156.3-Exit Devices. G. ANSI A156.4-Door Controls(Closers). H. ANSI A156.6-Architectural Door Trim. I. ANSI A156.7-Template Hinges. J. ANSI A156.8-Door Controls(Overhead Holders). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The firm supplying the hardware shall employ a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants or a consultant approved by the Architect for this project B. The consultant shall be available during all phases of construction for consultation and technical assistance. 1.5 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01330. • B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. C. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturer to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cut outs for hardware. 01-06-97 08700-1 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln.NE-Pasadena.CA 1 I i requiredI D. Ind icate cate style and finish. 1.6 KEYING I A. Door Locks: New Grand Master keying to existing Schlage system. B. Supply three keys for each lock. Supply three keys for each keyed group. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA I A. Provide Architect/Engineer with manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300 for each type of hardware supplied and necessary wrenches and tools required for proper maintenance of hardware. I 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 HARDWARE I A. Provide items as listed in schedule at end of this Section,complete to function as intended. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS I A Item Specified Acceptable Hinges Stanley Hager, McKinney ' Cylinders Schlage No Substitute Locks Russwin Schlage L90000X03 Exit Devices Precision Von Duprin 98 x 20 Closers Norton LCN 4041 EDA Flat Goods&Stops Quality Ives, Rockwood111 Kick Plate#48 x 10"x 2"LDW US32D Wall Stop#302 x 26D Overhead Stop Glynn Johnson Rixon Weatherstrip Pemko Reese B. Hardware finish shall be: 1. US32D satin stainless. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. I 3.EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION I A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. B. Mounting heights for doors shall heights conform to DHI recommended heights. 1 C. Install all exterior thresholds in full bed of caulking. 3.2 HARDWARE SCHEDULE - I Hardware Set#1 (SGL) 11/2 Pairs HingesF B1 8"B 4 1/2"x 4 1/2"NRP 32D 1 Each Puh #40 x x 16" 32D 1 1 Each Pull #40 x 4"x 14"x#163 x 10# 32D 1 Each D. Lock ML2211 630 1 Each Cylinder 626 III 01-06-97 08700-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 1 Each Closer DC2210 A3 M72 689 1 Each Kickplate 1 Each .Wall Stop END OF SECTION 1 1 I 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 01-06-97 08700-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES II. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Metal channel ceiling framing. B. Gypsum board. C. Taped and sanded joint treatment. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies. B. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood framing system. C. Section 07200- Thermal Protection:Thermal insulation. D. Section 08110-Standard Steel Doors and Frames. E. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Surface finish. I 1.3 REFERENCES IA. ASTM C36-Gypsum Wallboard. B. ASTM C79-Gypsum SheathingBoard. YP ' C. ASTM C475-Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. D. ASTM C630-Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. E. ASTM C645-Non-Load(Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners(Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. ' F. ASTM C665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. G. ASTM C754 - Installation of Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board,or Water Resistant Backing Board. H. ASTM C840-Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. I. ASTM C1002-Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. J. ASTM E90 - Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. K ASTM E119-Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. L. GA-201 -Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. 01-06-97 09260-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA M 1 M. GA-216-Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. N. GA-600-Fire Resistance Design Manual. 111 1.4 SUBMITTALS A Submit under provisions of Section 01330. 111 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate special details associated with fireproofing and acoustical seals. C. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board,joint tape,acoustical insulation,and sealants. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Building Code and UL Laboratories for fire rated assemblies. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS-GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM , A U.S. Gypsum. B. Gold Bond. , C. Georgia Pacific. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 FRAMING MATERIALS A Furring, Framing and Accessories: GA-216 and GA-600. 1 B. Fasteners: GA-216. C. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, screws and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place. D. Adhesive: GA-216. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Fire-Rated Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C630; 'fire-resistant type, UL rated, 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length;tapered edges. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustical Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board; manufactured by U. S. Gypsum. B. Corner Beads: Metal; use vinyl at exterior and soffit. , C. Edge Trim: GA 201 and GA 216; Type L and at exposed reveal bead. Use USG200 series or equivalent. Series 400 trim is not acceptable. Use vinyl at exterior and soffit. D. Joint Materials: GA 201 and GA 216; reinforcing tape,joint compound,adhesive,and water. E. Fasteners:ASTM C1002,Type S12 and GA-216. Use non-corrosive at exterior and soffit. 01-06-97 09260-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 1 1 F. Control Joints: Back to back casing beads with 4 mil clear polyethylene air seal manufactured by USG. G. Expansion Joints: Superior SEJ Series by Delta Star, Inc. unvented galvanized steel for 1"expansion. Use vinyl at exterior. ' 3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. ' B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with GA 201 and GA 216. B. Coordinate location of hangers with other work. ' C. Install ceiling framing independent of walls,columns,and above ceiling work. D. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interrupt main carrying channels or furring channels, with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing minimum 24 inches past each end of openings. E. Laterally brace entire suspension system. 3.3 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A Place acoustical insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions,and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Install acoustical sealant at gypsum board perimeter at 1. Metal Framing: Two beads. 2. Base Layer. ' 3. Face Layer. 4. Calk all penetrations of partitions by conduit, pipe,duct work,and rough-in boxes. • 3.4 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION IA Install gypsum board in accordance with GA-201, GA-216 and GA-600. B. Erect single layer fire rated gypsum board vertically,with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. C. Erect exterior gypsum sheathing horizontally,with edges butted tight and ends occurring over firm bearing. D. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. IE. Double Layer Applications: Use gypsum backing board for first layer, placed parallel to framing or furring members. Use fire rated gypsum backing board for fire rated partitions. F. Place second layer perpendicular to first layer. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer. G. Erect exterior gypsum soffit board perpendicular to supports,with staggered end joints over supports. ' H. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board and exterior gypsum soffit board with sealant. 01-06-97 09260-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 I. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as indicated and as directed. J. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. K Install backing board over metal studs in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.5 JOINT TREATMENT A. Tape,fill,and sand exposed joints,edges,and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. B. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. I C. Tape and fill joints and corners of cementitious backing board. 3.6 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION 1 t . 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 01-06-97 09260-4 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena.CA 1 r SECTION 09900 • PAINTS AND COATINGS ' 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Shop primed items. B. Section 06200-Finish Carpentry. ' C. Section 08110-Standard Steel Doors and Frames. D. Division 15-Mechanical: Prefinished mechanical equipment. 1.3 REFERENCES A ASTM D16-Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint,Varnish, Lacquer,and Related Products. B. ASTM D2016-Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. C. NPCA(National Paint and Coatings Association)-Guide to U.S.Government Paint Specifications. D. PDCA(Painting and Decorating Contractors of America)-Painting-Architectural Specifications Manual. ' E. SSPC(Steel Structures Painting Council)-Steel Structures Painting Manual. 1.4 DEFINITIONS ' A Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Provide complete paint schedule indicating surfaces, number of coats, product to be used, and gloss rating. Provide data on all finishing products. C. Samples: Submit three samples, 8 1/2 x 11 inches in size illustrating selected colors and textures for each color selected. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures, substrate conditions requiring special attention. 01-06-97 09900-1 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 r 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A Applicator. Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for finishes. 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A Deliver,store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. ' C. Container label to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area,and as required by manufacturer's instructions. ' 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 50 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. Relative humidity shall be no higher than 75% and the dew point of the surface shall be at least 5 degrees above the dew point I B. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. C. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. D. Minimum Application Temperatures for Paints: 50 degrees F.; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's 1 instructions. E. Minimum. Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F. for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. F. Provide lighting level of 80 foot candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. . 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Section 01770. , B. Provide 1 gallon of each color,type, and surface texture to Owner. C. Label each container with color,type,texture, and room locations in addition to the manufacturer's label. 01-06-97 09900-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I 2. PRODUCTS I2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS I A Manufacturers-Epoxy and Special Coatings 1. Tnemec Company, Inc. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. I 2.2 MATERIALS I A ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE THE TOP QUALITY AVAILABLE FROM EACH MANUFACTURER. I B. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating; good flow and brushing properties;capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. C. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified,of commercial quality. ID. All materials shall be the top quality available from each manufacturer. E. Patching Materials: Latex filler. IF. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler. 2.3 FINISHES IA. Refer to finish schedule on Drawings for surface finish and color schedule. I3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION I A Verify site conditions. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. IC. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. ID. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless I moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. I 01-06-97 09900-3 BV&H#96136 IBAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I . 1 • 3. Interior Wood: 15 percent,measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 4. Exterior Wood: 15 percent,measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 3.2 PREPARATION I A Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. 1 B. Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove existing coatings that exhibit loose surface defects. I C. Seal with shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt,grease,and oil from canvas and cotton. F. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. G. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent Apply coat of etching primer. H. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. I. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. J. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. K. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent Prime bare steel surfaces. Prime metal items including shop primed items. , L. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand _ lightly between coats. M. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior caulking compound after prime coat has been applied. N. Wood and Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with complete primer and finish coats. 1 01-06-97 09900-4 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 3.3 PROTECTION A Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. ' C. Fumish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.4 APPLICATION A Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to applying next coat G. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. ' H. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set Wipe excess from surface. ' I. Prime concealed surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint J. Prime concealed surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish 1 reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. 3.5 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ' A Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Divisions for schedule of color coding and identification banding of equipment, duct work, piping,and conduit ' B. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted accidentally. C. Paint shop primed equipment. Paint shop prefinished items noted on Drawings. D. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. E. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports,except where items are prefinished. 01-06-97 09900-5 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA 1 F. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets That are visible through 9 grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to visible surfaces. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers,grilles,and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. G. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. H. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. I. Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed duct work in accordance with requirements indicated. Color band and identify with flow arrows names and numbering. I J. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. ' 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Field inspection and testing will be performed when required by Architect/Engineer. 3.7 CLEANING • A Clean work under provisions of 01770. , B. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed,or spattered. C. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus I materials,and debris. D. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.8 SCHEDULE-EXTERIOR SURFACES ' A. Steel-Unprimed: 1. Sandblast-SSPC-SP6. 2. One coat of Tnemec 90-97,2 1/2 mils dry. 1. Two coats of Tnemec, Series 73,2 mils dry per coat,gloss. • B. Steel-Shop Primed: 1. Touch-up with Tnemec 90-97 primer-2 1/2 mils dry. 2. Two coats of Tnemec, Series 73,2 mils dry per coat,gloss. C. Steel-Galvanized: 1. Sand and solvent wipe surfaces. 2. One coat galvanize primer,Tnemec,2 mils dry, gloss. 3. Two coats of Tnemec, Series 73, 2 mils dry per coat,gloss. I 3.9 SCHEDULE-INTERIOR SURFACES A. Concrete Floors-Sealed Concrete: 1. For areas noted on finish schedule., 01-06-97 09900-6 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I I2. L&M"Seal Hard"penetrating sealer. I B. Concrete Block: Epoxy Paint(EP) 1. One coat Tnemec 54-660 Masonry Filler(80-100 SF/Gallon). 2. Two coats Tnemec Series 113, Tnemec-Tuf Coat, satin, 3 mils dry per coat. IC. Steel-Unprimed: 1. Sandblast-SSPC-SP6. I 2. One coat of Tnemec 90-97,2 1/2 mils dry. 3. One coat of Tnemec, Series 73,2 to 3 mils dry per coat, gloss. D. Steel-Shop Primed: I 1. Touch-up with Tnemec 90-97 primer-2 1/2 mils dry. 2. One coat of Tnemec, Series 73,2 to 3 mils dry per coat,gloss. I E. Steel-Galvanized: 1. Sand and solvent wipe all surfaces. 2. One coat galvanize primer,Tnemec,Series 66,2 to 3 mils dry,gloss. I3. One coat of Tnemec,Series 73,2 to 3 mils dry per coat,gloss. F. Insulated Coverings-Canvas and Cotton: 1. One coat of alkyd primer sealer. 2. One coat of alkyd enamel, eggshell. G. Gypsum Board Ii. One coat of 51-792 PVA Sealer, 1.5 mills dry per coat. 2. Two coats of Tnemec Series 113,Tnemec TufCoat, Satin, 3 mils dry per coat. 3.10 SCHEDULE-COLORS IA. See Room Finish Schedule for finishes and colors. I END OF SECTION I I I 01-06-97 09900-7 BV&H#96136 IlBAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE-Pasadena,CA I 1 SECTION 10150 COMPARTMENTS AND CUBICLES 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal toilet compartments,floor mounted, head rail braced. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete. B. Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies. C. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and supports. D. Section 09260-Gypsum Board Systems. E. Section 10800-Toilet, Bath,and Laundry Accessories. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ADA-Americans with Disabilities Act B. ANSI A117.1 -Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People �. C. ANSI/ASTM A526-Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. D. ASTM A167-Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01330. B. Indicate on shop drawings, partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall, floor ceiling supports,and door swings. C. Provide product data on panel construction,hardware, and accessories. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01330. E. Submit two samples illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Kinckerbocker Partition Corporation. B. Sanymetal. C. Global. 01-06-97 10150-1 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Harney,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA • • • D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS . A. Sheet Steel: ANSI/ASTM A526,with G90 zinc coating. I B. Head Rails: Extruded Aluminum, 1 x 1-5/8 inch size,with anti-grip strips and cast socket wall brackets. C. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel; tamper proof type; heavy duty extruded aluminum brackets. D. Hardware: Chrome plated non-ferrous cast pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; nylon bearings; ADA approved latch; door strike and keeper with rubber bumper, cast alloy chrome plated coat hook and bumper. 2.3 FABRICATION A Fabricate components of steel sheet as follows: 1. Panel and Door Faces: 20 gage. 2. Pilaster Faces: 18 gage. 3. Reinforcement 12 gage. _ B. Doors and Panels: One inch thick by 24 inch wide by 58 inch high, sheet steel face, pressure bonded to sound deadening core; 36 inch wide door, swinging out on stalls for handicapped use. C. Pilasters: 1-1/4 inch thick, constructed same as doors, of sizes required to suit cubicle width and spacing. D. Pilaster Shoes: One piece formed 304 stainless steel with satin finish. E. Doors, Panels,and Pilasters: Form and close edges, miter and weld corners,grind smooth. ,I G. Internal Reinforcement Provide in areas of attached hardware and fittings. Mark locations of reinforcement for partition mounted washroom accessories. 2.3 FACTORY FINISHING A Clean, degrease and neutralize panels. 1 B. Follow with a phosphatizing treatement, prime coat and two finish coats baked enamel of colors as selected by Architect,see Finish Schedule. 1 3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage,and bracing,where required. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. I 01-06-97 10150-2 BVBH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I I 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb,and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C. Attached panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets with through sleeve tamper proof through bolts and nuts. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. E. Install 30 inch wide x 42 inch high stainless steel protective splash panels on partitions adjacent to urinals. Fasten with stainless steel screws spaced 8 inches on center. i p F. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls with two panel brackets and vertical pilaster anchored to floor. G. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. Conceal floor fastenings with pilaster shoes. H. Equip each door with two hinges,one door latch,one coat hook and bumper. I. Install door strike and keeper with door bumper on each pilaster in alignment with door latch. ' J. Adjust hinges to locate doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return outswing doors to close position. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors,not exceeding 3/16 inch. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove protective maskings. Clean surfaces. 1 B. Field touch-up of scratches or damaged enamel finish will not be permited. 1 C. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials. END OF SECTION I 1 I I 01-06-97 10150-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Hamey,Omaha NE 68102 (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I ISECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES 1.GENERAL I1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Signs. I 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04800-Masonry Assemblies B. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. I1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01330. I B. Submit shop drawings showing sign layout, lettering, locations, construction details, and overall dimensions of each sign or graphic. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01330. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. I B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install signs when ambient temperature is below 70 degrees F. Maintain this minimum during and after Iinstallation of signs. 2.PRODUCTS 1 2.1 SIGNS A. Provide exterior and interior sign and associated accessories as indicated on the Drawings, for a complete finished system. I B. Provide box type back lighted signs approximately 4'-8"wide x 1-0" high to match existing left, and right outfield lower concourses. Box type back lighted signs shall have international symbol for accessibility. Signs shall be located as per Elevation on Sheet A1.2. In addition, provide plaque signs matching existing'signs.at restrooms at left and right outfield lower concourses for identifying amen" and "women°with raised text, pictorial symbols and Braille.Signs shall have international symbol of accessibility adjacent to latch side of four entrance doors. I2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Provide all mounting hardware as required or as indicated on Drawings. I3.EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION I A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing surfaces. 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 I 01-06-97 10400-1 BVH#96136 1 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd., 1209 Harney Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I A. Install all signage in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the Drawings. Verify all locations with Architect. B. Install signs after surfaces are finished,in locations indicated and as directed. C. Level all signage. D. Clean and polish. 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 01-06-97 10400-2 BVH#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER ARCHITECTS,Ltd.,1209 Harney Street, Omaha NE (402)345-3060 - Lincoln,NE - Pasadena,CA I 1 1 SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Toilet accessories. B. Attachment hardware. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete. ' B. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: In wall framing and plates for support of accessories. C. Section 09260-Gypsum Board Systems. iD. Section 10150-Compartments and Cubicles. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. ADA-Americans with Disabilities Act, Public Law 101-336. C. ANSI/ASTM A123 -Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. D. ANSI/ASTM A366-Steel,Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. E. ANSI/ASTM A386-Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Assembled Steel Products. F. ASTM A167-Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. G. ASTM A269-Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. ' 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers product data under provisions of Section 01330. B. Provide product data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. 1.5 KEYING ' A. Supply three keys for each accessory to Owner. B. Master key all accessories. I 01-06-97 10800-1 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD., 1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060- Lincoln,NE- Pasadena,CA 1 i 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for installing work in conformance with ANSI A117.1 and ADA. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the placement of internal wall reinforcement and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. 2. PRODUCTS ' 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. i B. Bradley Corporation C. American Specialty Co. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS A Sheet Steel: ANSI/ASTM A366. I B. Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A167,Type 304. C. Tubing: ASTM A269, stainless steel. 1 D. Adhesive: Two component epoxy type,waterproof. E. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized, tamperproof. I F. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate. I G. Mirrors: 1/4"polished plate glass. 2.3 FABRICATION , A Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components. B. Form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock,free of joints. ' C. Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. D. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. E. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. I F. Provide steel anchor plates,adapters, and anchor components for installation. I 01-06-97 10800-2 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD., 1209 Harney Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060- Lincoln,NE- Pasadena,CA r I F. Provide steel anchor plates,adapters,and anchor components for installation. IG. Hot dip galvanized exposed and painted ferrous metal and fastening devices. 2.4 FACTORY FINISHING IA. Galvanizing: ANSI/ASTM A123 to 1.25 oz/sq yd. B. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean,spray apply one coat primer and bake. 1 C. Enamel: Pretreat to clean condition,apply one coat primer and minimum two coats epoxy baked enamel. D. Stainless Steel: No.4 satin luster finish. I I3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION IA. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. I3.2 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site at appropriate time for building-in. IB. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. IC. 3.3 INSTALLATION IA. Install fixtures,accessories and items in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. I C. Use tamper-proof fasteners. 3.4 SCHEDULE 1 ITEM LOCATION QUANTITY MANUFACTURER/MODEL Paper Towel Dispenser Men E01 2 IWomen E02 2 Toilet Paper Holder(Giant) Men E01 4 * Surface Women E02 4 * I Diaper Changing Men E01 1 * Women E02 1 * 1 01-06-97 10800-3 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD.,1209 Hamey Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060- Lincoln,NE- Pasadena,CA 1 Minor Men E01 7 Bobrick B292 24 X 36 - Women E02 7 Bobrick B292 24 X 36 Soap Dispenser Men E01 6 Bobrick B2112 111 Women E01 6 Bobrick B2112 Grab Bars Men E01 1 Bobrick B-68137 36 x 54 Women E02 1 Bobrick B-68137 36 x 54 Men E01 2 Bobrick B-6893 x 54 Women E02 2 Bobrick B-6893 x 54 Feminine Napkin Disposal Women E02 14 Bobrick B270 Surface *Furnished by Owner. Contractor shall install. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 01-06-97 10800-4 BV&H#96136 BAHR VERMEER&HAECKER,ARCHITECTS,LTD., 1209 Harney Street,Omaha,NE 68102 (402)345-3060- Lincoln,NE- Pasadena,CA 111 I I SECTION 15010 IGENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS IPART 1.-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION 1 A. This section describes the general mechanical requirements of these specifications and shall apply to all phases of the work specified, shown on the drawings,or required to provide for complete installation of mechanical systems for this project 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. When included as a part of this specification,the following contain related requirements: I1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions I3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 1.03 WARRANTIES I A. The Contractor shall warrant all materials,workmanship and equipment against defects for a period of one year after the date of substantial completion. Certain equipment shall be warranted beginning at the time of final acceptance or for longer periods of time as I specified in those divisions of the Project Manual. The Contractor shall repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner any item which may become defective within the warrant period. Any manufacturers'warranties concerning any item installed will run to the benefit of the Owner. The Contractor agrees not to void or impair or to allow I . Sub-Contractors to void or impair any warranties regarding products or items installed as part of this project. The repair of faulty workmanship shall be considered to be included in the contract. 1.04 ALTERNATES A. Alternates, if required, shall be as described in the"Alternates"section of this Project I Manual, as described on the proposal form, or as shown on the drawings. 1.05 QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATION I A. If questions arise during the bidding process regarding the meaning of any portion of the contract documents, the prospective bidder shall submit the questions to the Architect/Engineer for clarification. Any definitive interpretation or clarification of the contract documents will be published by addenda, properly issued to each person holding documents, prior to the bid date. Verbal interpretation or explanation not issued in the form of an addendum shall not be considered part of the bidding documents. When I submitting questions for clarification, adequate time for issuance and delivery of addenda must be allowed. B. The Architect/Engineer shall be the sole judge regarding interpretations of conflicts within 111 contract documents. 1 960329 15010-1 1/6/97 I . 1.06 CONTRACT DOCUMENT DISCREPANCIES A. If any ambiguities should appear in the contract documents,the Contractor shall request clarification from the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with the work. If the111 Contractor fails to make such request, no excuse will thereafter be entertained for failure to carry out the work in a manner satisfactory to the Architect/Engineer. Should a conflict occur within the contract documents, the Contractor is deemed to have estimated the more expensive way of doing the work unless a written clarification from the Architect/Engineer was requested and obtained before submission of proposed methods or materials. - 1.07 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions shall apply throughout the contract documents: I 1. Architect/Engineer Architect or Engineer 2. Code All applicable national,state and local codes I 3. Contractor Any Contractor performing work required by the Contract Documents I 4. Electrical All electrical work required by the contract documents 5. Furnish Supply and deliver to the site ready for installation 6. Indicated Noted,scheduled or specified I 7. Mechanical All mechanical work required by the contract documents I 8. Provide Furnish, install and connect,complete and ready for use I 9. Selected Selected by the Architect or Engineer 1.08 SYMBOLS 1 A. Items of equipment and materials are indicated on the drawings in accordance with the symbols shown on the plans. 1.09 ABBREVIATIONS A. The following abbreviations apply throughout the contract documents: I 1. AMCA Air Moving Council of America 2. ANSI American National Standards Institute I 3. ARI American Refrigeration Institute 960329 15010-2 1/6/97 1 I 4. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and I Air Conditioning Engineers 5. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 29 West 39th Street, New York, NY I 6. ASTM Specification Standard specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA I7. NEC National Electrical Code, latest edition 8. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association I9. NFPA National Fire Protection Association,60 Batterymarch Street, Boston,MA 1 - 10. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 11. Underwriters Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,207 East Ohio or UL Street, Chicago, IL • I12. ADA Americans with Disabilities Act 1.10 CODES I A. The work shall be performed by persons skilled in the trade involved and shall be done in a manner consistent with normal industry standards. All work shall conform to all applicable sections of currently adopted editions of the following codes,standards and Ispecifications: 1. Uniform Building Code(UBC) 2. Safety and Health Regulations for Construction I 3. Occupational Safety and Health Standards(OSHA), National Concensus Standards and Established Federal Standards 4. National Electrical Code(NEC), Latest Edition I 5. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). 6. Life Safety Code(NFPA#101). 7. American Gas Association (AGA). 8. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). I 9. National Electrical Safety Code(NESC). 10. Applicable national, state and local codes. 11. Omaha Plumbing Code IB. Where there is a conflict between the code and the contract documents, the code shall have precedence only when it is more stringent than the contract documents. Items that are allowed by the code but are less stringent than those specified shall not be Isubstituted. 1 ' 960329 15010-3 1/6/97 1.11 • PERMITS I A. The Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all requirements regarding all permits, fees, etc.,and shall comply with them. All permits, licenses, inspections and arrangements required for the work shall be obtained by the Contractor at his expense. All utilities shall be installed in accordance with the local rules and regulations and all charges shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: I 1. See Section 1300"Submittals'. Section 1300 shall be adhered to if more stringent than the following paragraphs. I 2. When required by other sections of this Project Manual,the Contractor shall submit shop drawings, product data or samples to the Architect/Engineer for review. Unrequired submittals will not be reviewed. A completed copy of the transmittal form included with the Project Manual shall accompany each submittal. Submittals shall be numbered consecutively. Unless otherwise noted, submit a minimum of six(6)copies of shop drawings and product data for review. A minimum of four(4)copies will be returned to the Contractor. Where samples are required,submit one(1)sample of each required item. a. Shop drawings are drawings,diagrams, schedules and other data specifically prepared for this project by the Contractor,or any manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the work. b. Shop drawings shall be drawn to accurate scale and of adequate size to illustrate required details. Maximum sheet size shall be 30-x 42'. For each shop drawing sheet larger than 11'x 17',submit one drawing on reproducible media and one blue-line or photocopied print. The Architect/Engineer's action shall be indicated on the reproducible drawing and the drawing shall be returned to the Contractor. c. Product data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instruction brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate a material, product or system for some portion of the work. 111 d. Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and to establish the standards by which the work will be performed. 3. All submittals shall clearly indicate proposed items,capacities,characteristics and details in conformance with contract documents. All equipment items shall be marked with the same item number as used on drawings or schedules. Capacities,dimensions and special features required shall be certified by the manufacturer. 4. Submittals shall indicate manufacturer's delivery time for the item after review by the Architect/Engineer. I 960329 15010-4 1/6/97 I I 5. The Architect/Engineer shall reviewor take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as shop drawings, product data and samples, but I only to determine conformance with the design concept of the work and the information given in the contract documents. 6. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the I requirements of the contract documents by the Architect/Engineer's review of shop drawings, product data or samples. The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings, product data or I samples by the Architect/Engineer's review of those drawings. 7. No portion of the work requiring submission of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall be commenced until the submittal has been reviewed by the I Architect/Engineer. All such portions of the work shall be in accordance with reviewed submittals. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: I1. The Contractor shall prepare three operating and maintenance manuals for the equipment furnished. Manuals shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for I review and distribution to the Owner not less than 30 days prior to substantial _ completion of the project. Manuals not meeting the following requirements may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer. 2. Each manual shall be assembled in a three-ring binder with hard cover and plastic finish. Binders shall not exceed 3"thickness. Where more than one binder is required,the manuals shall be separated into a logical grouping, i.e., I "Mechanical","Electrical", "Maintenance", "Operation", "Parts","Shop Drawings", etc. Where loose-leaf inserts are used,the sheets shall be reinforced to prevent tearing from continuous usage. Each binder shall have the following information clearly printed on its front cover -. r.a. Project name and address. I b. Portion of the work covered by each volume(if more than one volume in the set). Where more than one volume is required, label each volume as 'Volume of " c. Name, address and telephone number of Contractor and all Sub- Contractors including night or emergency number. I3. Manual shall include, but shall not be limited to,the following: a. A Complete Index. Contractor may submit the index to the Architect/Engineer for review prior to submittal of complete manuals if 1 I desired. b. Names,Addresses and Telephone Numbers. This list shall include the 1 manufacturer and local representative who stocks or furnishes repair parts for all items of equipment and shall be typed on a single page in front of the binder. 1 960329 15010-5 1/6/97 I 1 c. Start-Up,Operation and Shutdown Procedures. Provide a written description of procedures for start-up,operation and shutdown of each mechanical item or system. This description shall include motors to start, valves to open,etc., in proper sequence, and location of switches, starters, pushbuttons and valves. Description shall include item references or labels used in the contract documents unless otherwise instructed in advance by the Owner. •d. Seasonal Changeover Procedure. Provide a written description of the procedure for necessary seasonal changeover from heating to cooling I and vice versa. e. Equipment Accessory Schedule. Upon completion of the work,the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a complete equipment accessory schedule listing each piece of equipment and the related size,type, number required and the manufacturer of all renewable items. f. Lubrication Schedule. Provide a chart listing each piece of equipment, the proper type of oil or grease required, and recommended frequency of lubrication. g. Manufacturer's Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Parts Lists. , h. Emergency Procedures. Provide a written description of emergency operating procedures or a list of service organizations(including addresses and telephone numbers)capable of rendering emergency services to the various parts of the system. i. One copy of all shop drawings and product data,clearly marked for each 1 item furnished using the designation label specified or indicated on drawings. j. All manufacturers'warranty information. k. Normal Maintenance Schedule. Include a listing of work to be performed at various time intervals; i.e., 30, 90, 180 days and yearly. I. Motor List. The list shall indicate motor location, equipment served (using labels indicated on drawings), horsepower, electrical characteristics, motor type,and RPM. Motors less than 1/2 horsepower need not be included. 1.13 OPERATING TRAINING , A. Complete operating instructions for each system and item of equipment shall be provided to the Owner's designated personnel. Operation and maintenance manuals must be I reviewed and accepted by the Architect/Engineer and provided to the Owner prior to operating training. Training shall be scheduled at the convenience of the Owner. A minimum of two(2)hours of training shall be provided. Training shall include instructions on the following: 1. Startup and shutdown procedures 2. Seasonal changeover I 960329 15010-6 1/6/97 1 3. Periodic maintenance 4. Emergency operation 5. Safety 6. Winterization procedures B. In addition to the instructions required above,wherever possible the Contractor shall perform the operations being described in order to fully illustrate system operation. C. At the completion of training,the Contractor shall turn over to the Owner all required keys and special tools for installed equipment. Each key or tool shall be labeled with its use. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment shall be new, unused and ' undamaged. Materials and equipment shall be the current and standard designs of manufacturers regularly engaged in their production. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Where materials and equipment are indicated as furnished by others and installed or connected under this contract, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify installation details and requirements. 2.03 QUANTITY OF SPECIFIED ITEMS REQUIRED A. Wherever in these specifications an article,device or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number,such reference shall apply to as many such articles as are shown on the drawings or required to complete the installation. PART 3-EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 1 1 I i 960329 15010-7 111 1/6/97 • SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes mechanical materials and methods. The requirements contained in this section shall apply to all phases of the work specified, shown on the drawings, or required to provide for complete installation of mechanical systems for this project. ' 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. When included as a part of this specification,the following contain related requirements: 1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods 6. Section 16050-Basic Electrical Materials and Methods ' PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT A. General. Basic requirements for electrical components which are an integral part of packaged mechanical equipment or are provided with the equipment. These components ' include, but are not limited to,factory installed motors, starters, and disconnect switches furnished with mechanical equipment. B. Compliance: 1. Comply with NFPA 70 National Electrical Code and applicable requirements of NFPA 70E,"Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee ' Workplaces". 2. Comply with applicable requirements of UL 198D, UL 486A and B, and UL 508 pertaining to installation of motor controllers. Provide controllers and components ' which are UL listed and labeled. 3. Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA MG 1 "Motors and Generators", ' NEMA Standards ICS2"Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies", - NEMA KS1 "Enclosed Switches"and Pub. No. 250"Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum)", pertaining to motor controllers and enclosures. ' C. Motors: ' 1. Energy efficient, squirrel cage, NEMA Standard MG 1,60 Hz, general purpose, continuous duty, Design"B", except"C"where required for high starting torque. 960329 15050-1 1/6/97 1 2. NEMA Standard 48 or 54 frames; use driven equipment manufacturer's standards to suit specific application. 3. Ball or roller bearings with inner and outer shaft seals; re-greasable, except I permanently sealed where motor is normally inaccessible for regular maintenance; for fractional horsepower, light duty motors, sleeve type bearings are permitted. 4. Enclosure Type: • a. Open drip-proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed or ' remotely located during operation; guarded drip-proof motors where exposed to contact by building occupants. b. Weather protected Type I for outdoor use,Type II where not housed. c. Self-ventilated open type motors and fan hoods of totally enclosed fan cooled motors shall meet NEMA MG 1 requirements for a fully guarded machine. d. Totally enclosed with all metal surfaces protected with a corrosion resistant polyester paint or coating,wherever practical. Unpainted or uncoated exposed metal surfaces shall be corrosion resistant material. • 5. "Quiet"rating on motors located in occupied spaces of building. ' 6. "Energy efficient"motors shall have a minimum efficiency as scheduled in accordance with IEEE Standard 112,test method B. If efficiency is not specified, motors shall have a higher efficiency than"average standard industry motors"in accordance with IEEE Standard 112,test method B. 7. Nameplate shall indicate the full identification of manufacturer, ratings, ' characteristics, construction, special features and similar information. In addition to nameplate requirements of NEMA MG 1, nameplate shall include the following information: , a. Manufacturer's identification number b. Frame size number c. Insulated system class designation d. Efficiency index e. Service factor f. Locked rotor KVA code letter g. Starting limitations, if any h. Hazard classification, if applicable 8. Factory Tests. Test and inspect each motor for mechanical and electrical defects at the manufacturer's factory. Reject defective materials. Test in accordance with NEMA MG 1 to comply with IEEE Standard 112. 9. Rated for 40EC environment with maximum 90EC temperature rise for , continuous duty at full load,with class F or class H insulation. 10. Service factor shall be 1.15 for three phase ODP motors, 1.10 for three phase I totally enclosed motors, and 1.35 for single phase motors. 960329 15050-2 1/6/97 1 1 1 • 11. Motor voltage rating shall be as follows: Circuit Voltage Motor Rating 120 115 208 200 240 230 480 460 ' 12. Motors 3/4 HP or larger shall be three phase; smaller than 3/4 HP, single phase. 13. Two-speed three phase motors shall be single winding,variable torque type. 1 14. Motors used with solid state variable frequency drives shall be Design B, coordinated and approved by drive manufacturer. ' 15. Motor Construction: a. Frames, bearing brackets and terminal housing shall be cast iron. Fan cooled motors to have fans fabricated of corrosion resistant metal and cast iron fan covers. Drain plugs shall be combination water drain- breather type. b. Insulation shall be non-hygroscopic,with resistance corrected to 40EC. c. Each motor to have a single cast iron, pressed steel or fabricated steel terminal housing, accessible from outside the motor,for motor power leads and accessory leads. Housing shall be diagonally split with a gasket between the diagonally split halves of the housing. Provide a non- conducting motor lead positioner and gasket between the housing and motor frame. Threaded conduit opening for watertight rigid connection, suitable for rotation in 90E increments to receive conduit from any of four directions. Each motor lead to have terminal permanently numbered for easy identification. 16. Coordinate with indicated reduced inrush controller type and with characteristics of driven equipment load. Provide required wiring leads in motor terminal box to suit control method. 17. Single Phase Motors: a. Conform to the following requirements except as otherwise indicated. ' b. One of the following types as selected to suit the starting torque and other requirements of the specific motor application: 1) Permanent split capacitor ' 2)3) Split phase start, capacitor run Capacitor start, capacitor run • c. Use shaded pole type only for motors smaller than 1/20 HP. ' 960329 1/6/97 15050-3 1 1 d. For all fractional horsepower motors,integral thermal overload protection shall be provided to automatically open the power supply circuit to the motor, or a control circuit arranged for external connection. Protection shall operate when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to the temperature rating of the motor insulation. Provide device that automatically resets when motor temperature returns to normal range except as otherwise indicated. I e. Bearings on belt connected motors and otherr motors with high radial forces on motor shaft shall be ball bearing type. Sealed, pre-lubricated sleeve bearings may be used for other single phase motors. D. Motor Controllers: 1. General: 1 a. Type and size of starter shall be as recommended by motor manufacturer and the driven equipment manufacturer for applicable protection and start-up condition. Starters for services with interlock or control requirements shall be magnetic type. • 2. Motor Controller Characteristics: t a. Enclosures. NEMA 1, general purpose enclosures with padlock ears, except in wet locations shall be NEC, NEMA 4 with conduit hubs,or units in hazardous locations which shall conform to have proper class and division. b. Starters shall include a manually operated hand-off-auto switch with I cover mounted handle for selection of operating mode. • c. Starters shall be in accordance with NEMA Standard ICS. ' 3. Fractional Horsepower Manual Controllers. Shall have pilot lights and extra positions for multi-speed motors. Equip with quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanisms and one-piece melting alloy type thermal overload relays. Switch shall be designed so that switch cannot be held closed under sustained motor overload. Provide with switch pad lockable in the off position. Provide controller in a NEMA 1 enclosure. a. Single phase switches shall be toggle operated with thermal overload element. b. Three phase manual starters shall be pushbutton type with voltage rated 3 pole contactors and manual reset thermal overload relays for each phase. ' 4. Magnetic Starters: a. Trip-free thermal overload relays, each phase, sized in accordance with ' NEC for the associated load. Overloads shall be externally operated manual reset or solid state type unless specifically indicated otherwise. 960329 15050-4 1/6/97 b. Interlocks, pneumatic switches and similar devices as required for coordination with control requirements and as indicated. Minimum of one N.O. and one N.C.contact. c. Provide heavy duty pushbutton and selector switch units mounted in the ' starter cover as indicated. Units shall be complete with contact blocks and legend plates. Momentary contact start-stop pushbuttons shall be provided with auxiliary contact for use in holding circuit. d. Built-in control circuit transformer,fused from line side,where service exceeds 120 volts. With minimum anticipated primary voltage, transformer shall maintain a minimum secondary terminal potential of I required volts during starter inrush. e. Starter shall be equipped for remote control from local or remote switch or other pilot devices. Provide internal wiring and readily accessible terminal blocks for easy connection to external control wiring. 5. Combination Magnetic Starters: . ' a. Combination starters shall include magnetic starters and disconnect switch per this specification'section. Disconnect switch shall be fusible or non-fusible as indicated. If no indication,the switch shall be fusible. E. Disconnect Switches: • 1. Disconnect switches may be motor circuit breaker type or fusible switch type. 2. Provide a manually operated disconnecting handle in the cover to operate the disconnect switch. Handle shall be lockable in open position with one or more padlocks. Interlock cover and switch so that cover cannot be opened normally when switch is in closed position. Provide mechanism to override this interlock. 3. Motor Circuit Breaker. Instantaneous-only type circuit breaker employing adjustable magnetic trip setting designed to provide motor short circuit protection. 4. Fusible Switches. Manually operated 3 pole, 600 volt switch connected in series ' with one replaceable dual element fuse per switch pole. Heavy duty; horsepower rated; non-teasible quick-make,quick-break mechanism;dead front line side shield; solderless lugs suitable for copper or aluminum conductors; spring reinforced fuse clips; electro silver plated current carrying parts; hinged doors; operating lever arranged for locking in the"open"position;arc quenchers; capacity and characteristics as indicated. 5. Non-Fusible Switches. For equipment 2 horsepower and smaller, and where indicated on the drawings, switches shall be horsepower rated;toggle switch type;quantity of poles and voltage rating as indicated. ' F. Wiring and Motor Connections: • 1. Wiring provided as an integral part of packaged mechanical equipment shall be manufacturer's standard design and in compliance with NEC. 2. Flexible conduit, except where plug-in electrical cords are specifically indicated. ' 960329 15050-5 v6i97 1 1 2.02 SEALANTS A. Polyurethane Sealant Single component,chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, 1 capable of continuous water immersion, non-sagging type for application in vertical joints and in horizontal joints,color as selected; manufactured by Pecora,Tremco,Sonnebom, or approved equal. B. Primer. Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. C. Joint Cleaner. Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant ' manufacturer, compatible with joint forming materials. D. Joint Backing: ANSI/ASTM D1056; round,closed cell, polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30%to 50%larger than joint width; manufactured by Sonnebom or approved equal. E. Bond Breaker. Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 2.03 FIRE AND SMOKE PARTITION PENETRATION SEALANT A. See Division 7-Thermal and Moisture Protection. ' 2.04 ELECTRICAL WIRE • A. All wiring materials covered by this section shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the National Electrical Code and applicable local codes and shall carry the UL label where applicable. ' B. All wiring running exposed in return air plenums shall be plenum rated cable for fire and smoke spread. 111 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL 1 A. Fabrication, erection and installation of the complete mechanical system shall be done by qualified personnel experienced in such work and shall proceed in an orderly manner so as not to hold up the progress of the project The Mechanical Contractor shall check all areas and surfaces where mechanical equipment or materials are to be installed,and report any unsatisfactory conditions before starting work. Commencement of work signifies the Contractor's acceptance of the conditions as fit and proper for the execution of the mechanical work. B. Equipment and systems shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, requirements or recommendations. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Each Contractor shall make provisions for the delivery and safe storage of materials and ' shall make the required arrangements with other Contractors for the introduction into the building of equipment too large to pass through finished openings. Materials shall be delivered at such stages of the work as will expedite the work as a whole and shall be marked and stored in such a way as to be easily checked and inspected. 960329 15050-6 1/6/97 i I . I B. The Contractor shall be responsible for adequately protecting all supplies and equipment I during cold weather. All items subject to cold weather damage shall be protected by covering, insulating or storing in a heated space. 3.03 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS IA. Perform the mechanical work in conformance with the construction called for by other trades and afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the.execution of their work. 1 I Properly connect and coordinate the mechanical work with the work of other contractors at such time and in such a manner as not to delay or interfere with their work. B. Examine the contract documents for the General, Mechanical and Electrical work and the I work of other trades. Coordinate mechanical work accordingly. 1 C. Promptly report to the Architect/Engineer any delay or difficulties encountered in the I installation of the mechanical work which might prevent prompt and proper installation of work required from other trades. D. Systems Test and Balance Contractors or personnel shall coordinate their work with the I contractors who installed the systems being tested or balanced. The Temperature Control Contractor or personnel shall be present during systems test and balance. I 3.04 COORDINATION OF WORK A. The Mechanical Contractor shall plan all work so that it proceeds with a minimum of interference with other trades. It shall also be the responsibility of the Mechanical I to inform the General Contractor of all openings required in the building construction for the installation of the mechanical work. The Mechanical Contractor shall cooperate with all other contractors in furnishing material and information, in proper sequence,for the correct location of all sleeves, inserts,foundations,wiring, etc. I Provisions shall be made for all special frames, openings and sleeves as required. B. The Mechanical Contractor shall pay for extra cutting and patching made necessary by Ihis failure to properly direct such work at the correct time. C. Unless otherwise indicated, motors, equipment, controls, etc.,shall be furnished, set in place and wired in accordance with the following schedule. Attached notes shall apply to Ithe schedule. Fum. Set Power Control IItem By By Wiring Wiring Equipment motors MC MC EC — IMotor control center EC EC EC (1) Unit mounted motor I starters,contactors and overload heaters MC MC EC MC I1 960329 15050-7 1/6/97 I . __- I Fum. Set Power Control 1 Item - By By wring Wiring • Loose motor starters, 1 contactors and over- load heaters EC EC EC MC Fused and unfused dis- connect switches,ther- . mal overload and I heaters EC EC . EC — Manual operating multi- speed switches furnished I as an accessory to mech- anical equipment MC MC EC — Control relays and I transformers MC MC EC MC Thermostats MC MC EC MC I Temperature control panels MC MC EC MC I Damper motors, MC MC MC MC Pushbutton stations EC EC EC EC I Rooftop HVAC unit remote controllmonitor panel MC MC EC EC I Time clocks EC EC EC EC (1) Temperature control and related interlock wiring by Mechanical Contractor. I MC=Mechanical Contractor EC=Electrical Contractor Notes to table above: I 1. All equipment-mounted starters shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor unless otherwise indicated on the preceding schedule. I 2. The following description shall apply to equipment not covered by the "Temperature Control"section of these specifications: Immersion thermostats, I remote bulb thermostats, motor valves, controls, etc.,which are an integral part of the mechanical equipment or which are directly attached to ducts, piping, equipment, etc.,shall be set in place under the mechanical contract. Motor driven units which are controlled from line voltage, manual operating or start-stop I switches, or automatic controls such as line voltage thermostats, float switches or time switches which operate at line voltage, shall be wired for both power and control circuit under the electrical contract. 960329 15050-8 I 1/6/97 I • . 1 • 3. • Factory prewired control panels and packaged mechanical units shall be provided with one power source connection point unless noted otherwise. I3.05 ELECTRICAL WIRING A. All wiring and conduit shall be run parallel to, or at right angles to,the building structure Iand shall be concealed in finished spaces. B. All wiring required for a complete and operating temperature control system,as herein I specified, shall be provided by the Mechanical Contractor unless specifically shown on the electrical drawings. Wiring shall include all electrical connections required by the Sequence of Control and Point List(where indicated)and wiring required for interlocking equipment • IC. All electric wiring shall be done in accordance with the National Electrical Code. All line voltage and low voltage wire shall be installed in flexible conduit or electrical metallic I tubing. Conduit may be run exposed in mechanical rooms or in areas where other piping is exposed. D. Low voltage wiring in equipment rooms or concealed in walls shall be in one of the metal I raceways mentioned above. Final connection shall be made with exposed wiring which shall be protected by a suitable protective grommet and the end of the metal container shall be securely fastened. Jacketed harnesses may be used where a number of wires I are run together. E. All communication and control wiring which penetrates the building skin shall be provided th suppression e I F. wi All line surge voltage connectionsdevic of s.the direct digital control system devices(where applicable) shall be provided with surge suppression devices. 1 3.06 LAYING OUT WORK A. The Contractor shall carefully lay out all work in advance of installation using data and r measurements from the site, the appropriate architectural and structural drawings g and i shop drawings. Equipment layout and all system layouts shall confirm adequate clearances for installation, operation, maintenance and code required clearances from the structure or other equipment and systems. The layout shall not cause problems of Ioperation, maintenance or clearance for items installed by other contractors. B. Prior to installation of any work, make certain the location does not conflict with other I items in or near the same location. If the layouts so prepared indicate that the required conditions cannot be met in the space provided,the Contractor shall so inform the Architect/Engineer prior to installation and shall request clarification. I C. Failure to properly coordinate and lay out the work will require correction by the Contractors at their own expense. 3.07 DATA AND MEASUREMENTS A. The data given herein and on the drawings is as accurate as could be secured and absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. The Contractors shall obtain exact locations, I measurements, levels,etc.,at the site and shall adapt their work to actual conditions. The Contractor shall examine the General Construction, Mechanical, Electrical, and other I 960329 15050-9 1/6/97 • applicable drawings and the Specifications. Plans and specifications are available for 'examination at the office of the Architect/Engineer. Only Architectural drawings, Structural drawings,and site measurements may be utilized in calculations. Mechanical and electrical drawings are diagrammatic or schematic. ' 3.08 POSITION OF DEVICES • A. Locate devices mounted on finished surfaces with regard to paneling,furring,trim, etc. I Where several devices occur in a room,they shall be symmetrically arranged as reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. Devices improperly located or installed shall be repaired,- replaced or relocated at the Contractor's expense. Devices shall be set plumb or horizontal and shall extend to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond the surface. B. Devices shown on wood trim,cases or other fixtures shall be installed symmetrically and, where necessary,shall be set with the long dimension of the plate horizontal. ,C. All Contractors shall coordinate their respective devices so as not to destroy the aesthetic effect of the surface in which the devices are mounted. Coordinate the locations of all - mechanical items with work furnished by other trades to avoid interference. If the required coordination is not done,the outlets or devices shall be removed and relocated if • so directed by the Architect/Engineer and the damaged surfaces repaired at the Contractor's expense. - D. Devices shall be installed at the height shown below unless otherwise noted. All heights of devices are measured from finished floor to centerline of device. Heights may be adjusted to correspond to nearest masonry course or as necessary to clear wall mounted cabinets, fin tube convectors, unit heaters,etc. ' Temperature control devices . 60" 3.09 PROTECTION OF APPARATUS A. Take such precautions as necessary to properly protect all apparatus,fixtures, appliances, material, equipment and installations from damage of any kind. Failure to 111 provide such protection to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer shall be sufficient cause for the rejection of any particular piece or pieces of material, apparatus, equipment, etc.,concerned. 3.10 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT A. All motors,terminal boxes,valves,control devices, specialties,etc.,shall be located to provide for easy access for operation, repair and maintenance; if concealed, access doors shall be provided. B. Access doors(AD)required for access to equipment requiring inspection or service shall be provided. This Contractor shall provide all access doors not already furnished by other Contractors but which are required for access to Mechanical equipment. Doors to be Milcor or equivalent steel access doors with frame as required by construction. Doors shall be 12"x 12"unless shown otherwise. Person access doors shall be 20"x 20" minimum. III 960329 15050-10 1/6/97 I I 3.11 EQUIPMENT PADS AND PLATFORMS I - A. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide support for the mechanical equipment unless otherwise indicated. Method of support shall be as indicated on the plans. I3.12 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES A. The Contractor shall examine the premises and all conditions thereon and/or therein. The bid proposal shall take into consideration all such conditions which may affect the work under this contract 3.13 ROADWAYS, CURBS AND WALKS IA. The Contractor shall use every possible precaution to prevent injuries to roadways, curbs and walks on or adjacent to the site of the work. Any damage shall be repaired at the Contractor's own expense. This shall also include damage necessary for installation of Ithe mechanical work. 3.14 WORK IN EXISTING BUILDINGS IA. General. All work in the existing building, indicated on the drawings or specified herein, shall be executed with a minimum amount of interference with the normal activities of the occupants of the building. All work shall be scheduled in advance with the Owner and Ishall not proceed without the Owner's written approval. B. Utilities. Utilities shall not be interrupted without the Owner's prior written approval I. regarding the time and duration of such interruptions. Utilities to existing facilities shall not be disconnected until new or temporary facilities are installed except for short periods of interruption which are necessary for the performance of the new work and which are approved by the Owner. Storm water may be temporarily diverted to surface drainage I provided such drainage is arranged to prevent flooding of structures, basements and excavations for construction. C. Fire Alarm System. The existing fire alarm system shall remain functional throughout construction. As a minimum,the existing degree of protection shall be maintained for all areas. All required outages shall be coordinated with the Owner and the Fire Marshal. I D. Welding. The Owner shall be notified before starting welding or cutting. Fire extinguishers shall be immediately accessible when welding or cutting with an open flame or arc. Welding or cutting with an open flame or arc shall be stopped not less than one I hour before leaving the premises. E. Noisy Operations. Noisy operations such as those involving use of air hammers, etc., in demolition, or cutting of openings shall be scheduled with the Owner. IF. Occupancy. The Owner will continue to occupy the building and carry on normal activity. Each Contractor shall protect the occupied areas from dust,smoke, etc., by a method I reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. G. Owner's Right to Direct Work. The Owner shall have the right to direct the places of beginning work, its prosecution, and the manner in which all work under this contract is to I be conducted, insofar as may be necessary to secure the safe and proper progress and quality of the work. I 960329 15050-11 1/6/97 I I I H. Cutting and Patching. Each Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and patching required for the work. Patching shall be done by craftspersons skilled in the trade involved and shall be prepared to receive paint. Openings through floors may be drilled up to 1"but shall be core drilled over 1". Whenever the building surfaces(walls,floors, etc.)and openings are modified, removed and/or replaced to accommodate the new work or to introduce into or remove items from the building,such surfaces or openings shall be carefully reinstalled in conformance with the applicable code to protect the integrity of the building. I. Existing Piping, Ductwork or Mechanical Equipment. If any existing piping,ductwork or mechanical equipment is encountered which would interfere with the proper installation of new work, it shall be removed or relocated as required or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Where existing work is to be modified, it shall be done in conformance with these specifications. Materials used shall be the same as for new work unless otherwise specified. 3.15 DEMOLITION AND REMODEL A The Mechanical Contractor shall remove all existing piping,ductwork,devices and equipment, indicated on plans or which are not indicated but must be removed,to accommodate demolition or new remodeling. Coordinate with demolition bid package for extent of work. Provide additional demolition as required for project B. Verify existing conditions in field prior to bid date. I i 3.16 SLEEVES AND FRAMES A. Ducts passing through masonry walls shall be installed in steel angle iron frames and I sleeves. All sleeves and frames shall be securely fastened to the walls. Provide for structural lintels in masonry wall openings. Ducts passing through openings in poured concrete walls and floors need not have frames. I B. Piping passing through masonry or concrete floors and walls shall be installed with Schedule 40 pipe sleeves sized to allow insulated pipe to pass through and with sufficient annular space to allow fire sealant. Cored openings through poured concrete walls and floors need not have sleeves. 3.17 FINISHED SURFACES PENETRATIONS A All piping and ductwork penetrations of finished surfaces shall have escutcheons and/or closure plates. B. Openings shall be cut only as large as required for the installation, sleeves and/or frames 111 installed flush with finished surfaces and grouted in place. C. Surfaces around openings shall be left smooth and finished to match surrounding surface. 1 D. Duct frames and pipe sleeves through floors in concealed locations and in unfinished spaces such as mechanical rooms, etc., shall extend 2"above finished floor level and shall be caulked watertight All other sleeves shall extend approximately 1/4"above finished floor but shall allow placement of escutcheons. I 960329 15050-12 I 1/6/97 I 1 3.18 SEALING OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS A. Openings around pipes,ducts,conduits, louvers, etc., in exterior walls above grade shall be sealed with polyurethane sealant. B. Preparation: 1. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant 3. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant 4. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release sealants. t 5. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. C. Installation: 1. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release sealants. 2. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. 4. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. 5. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. 6. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. 7. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. ' 8. Tool joints concave. 3.19 LUBRICATION A. Contractor shall run in all bearings and after theyarerun in, shall drain and flush ' g ft bearings and refill with a new oil charge. Equipment shall be so arranged that tools (screwdrivers,wrenches, etc.)will not be required to make lubrication points accessible. Extensions on grease or oil fittings shall be provided where required for access to lubricate. ' 3.20 FILTER REPLACEMENT A. Prior to beginning systems testing, adjusting and balancing, replace all filter media with new media. ' 960329 1/6/97 15050-13 1 • 3.2 1 TEST REPORTS A. Upon completion of the work,the entire system shall be tested and proven for capacity of equipment, balance of system, proper operation of controls and comfort of conditioned spaces. Contractor shall take air flow readings and submit copy of same to demonstrate proper flow according to the performances shown on the plans and noted in the specifications. All motors shall be checked for overload and belts adjusted. Lubricate all moving parts and clean or replace filters. B. Submit three(3)copies of all tests to the Architect/Engineer for review prior to date of substantial completion. C. All equipment and systems discrepancies shall be corrected prior to final acceptance. END OF SECTION • 1 I 1 r 1 t 1 960329 15050-14 1/6/97 • SECTION 15055 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A Basic piping materials and methods applicable to all piping systems except fire protection. B. Refer to separate piping specifications for special installation requirements. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A When included as a part of this specification,the following contain related requirements: ' 1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system,typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2"x 11"bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve(room or space),and variations for identification(if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shutoff and similar special uses, by special"flags",in margin of schedule. In addition to mounted copies,furnish additional ' copies for Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2-PRODUCTS ' 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A Valve tags and pipe labels: ' 1. Seton 3. Brady 2. Brimar ' B. Pressure gauges: 1. U. S. Gauge 4. Weiss 2. Ashcroft 5. Marshalltown Instruments 3. Trerice 6. Weksler C. Hangers and supports: U1. B-Line 4. Pipe Shields 2. Elcen Metal Products 5. Grinnell 3. Michigan 6. Carpenter&Patterson ' 960329 1/6/97 15055-1 1 2.02 SLEEVES A. Sheet Metal: 10 gauge, galvanized sheet metal, round tube closed with welded joints. 1 B. Steel: Galvanized,welded steel pipe. C. Modular Sleeve Seals: Modular mechanical type, interlocking synthetic rubber links, 111 bolted connections and pressure plates,watertight seal to 20 psig. D. Sleeves for plastic pipe(PVC, CPVC, polypropylene): Plastic Pipe Size Sleeve Size Extension Beyond (inches) (inches) Barrier (feet) 1 or less 3 2 1-1/4 to 2 4 2 3 5 4 4 6 4 1. Insulate plastic pipe with minimum 1"calcium silicate or 2400°F aluminasilica within sleeve length,or I 2. Prefabricated insulated sleeve rated for use with plastic pipe. 2.03 ESCUTCHEONS I A. Chrome plated, stamped steel,or hinged split ring with set screw. B. Inside diameter shall fit tightly to outside of pipe or pipe insulation. ' C. Outside diameter shall completely cover openings. 2.04 DIELECTRIC UNION COUPLINGS OR FLANGED CONNECTIONS A. Specifically designed to isolate piping systems and equipment of dissimilar materials. Must effectively prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion. B. Same end connections as systems or equipment installed,full line size. C. Provide at all locations where dissimilar materials join. 2.05 PRESSURE GAUGE ' A. Aluminum case, replaceable glass window,white scale, black lettering, adjustable red pointer, bronze movement, phosphor bronze bourdon tube, 1.5%accuracy, liquid filled for pump service, siphon tube for steam service,4-1/2"diameter face. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Metal Framing: Provide products complying with NEMA Standard ML 1. r B. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A36. 960329 15055-2 1/6/97 1 I I I 2.07 VALVE TAGGING I A. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 19 gauge, 1-1/2"diameter, polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4"high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2"high and with 5/32"hole for fastener. I1. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. • 2.- .. Indicate normal position of valve,i.e.,"open"(NO),"closed"(NC)(required in j I Omaha). 11 B. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturers standard solid brass chain (wire link or I beaded type),or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. 2.08 PIPE IDENTIFICATION IA Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, permanent ' adhesive,color-coded, pressure-sensitive,vinyl pipe markers comply with ANSI A13.1- 1981. I B. Lettering: III 1. Lettering height shall be per all applicable codes as a minimum. 2. Each pipe marker shall indicate direction of flow with arrows, either integrally with piping system service lettering(to accommodate both directions), or as separate Iunit of plastic. Where flow is possible in either direction in a piping system, arrows shall be installed to indicate both directions of flow and type of piping system. • I 3. Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Engineer in cases of variance with ' names as shown or specified. 2.09 BACKFILL MATERIAL AND MIXES I A Earth Fill: Approved type of soil classified, in accordance with ASTM D2487, as GW, GP, GM, GC, SW, SP, SM, SC, ML or CL, and free of foreign substances, obtained from excavation on this project or other approved source, and having a plasticity index I between 7.5 and 17. B. Granular Fill: Granular fill shall include clean, natural or prepared gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, sands or gravelly sands with little or not fines. A minimum of 95%shall be Iretained on a No. 200 sieve. C. Pea Gravel: Pea gravel shall consist of clean, hard, round particles of crushed stone, Icrushed or uncrushed gravel with the following gradation: I 1 I 960329 15055-3 1/6/97 I , • Sieve Si ze Percent Passing 3/8" 85 - 95 #4 5 - 15 #8 0 - 2 • D. Crushed Rock: Crushed rock shall consist of clean, hard, particles of crushed limestone, I dolomite, granite,quartzite or other approved rock. It shall have a percentage of wear of not more than 45 and a percent loss of not more than 30 at the end of 16 cycles of the I freezing and thawing test Gradation for crushed rock shall be as follows: I Sieve Size Percent Retained 1-1/2" 0 3/4" 5 - 35 3/8" 30 - 64 _ #10 70 - 90 #200 90 -100 - . , PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE SUPPORT SPACING I • A. Piping support spacing shall be as follows as a minimum: I Pipe Material, Pressure and Temperature Black Black Copper& • Steel Steel Aluminum ABS&PVC II Size 125# 250# All up to 70°F 1/2" 5' 5' 4' 2' 3/4" 8' 8' 5' 2' 111 1" 10' 10' 6' 3' 1-1/4" 12' 10' 6' 3' 1-1/2" 13' 12' 7' 4' I 2" 14' 13' 9' : 4' 2-1/2" 16' 15' 10' 5' 3" 17' 16' 11' 5' 4" 19' 17' 12' 6' 1. Piping support and installation shall conform to ASME/ANSI B31.9 where applicable. I 2. Support per manufacturer's requirements for pipe material, pressures and temperatures other than listed. II 3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawings, plans, schematics and diagrams indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems. Piping layout takes into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing and other design considerations. Where practical, install piping as indicated. 960329 15055-4 1/6/97 I I B. Remove scale, slag,dirt and debris from both inside and outside of piping,tubing and fittings before assembly. 1 C. Keep all pipe and equipment openings closed during construction except when actual work is being performed on that item or system. 1 D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes, remove burrs, bevel plane ends of steel pipe. E. Conceal piping in walls, pipe chases, utility chases,above ceilings, below grade or floors, I unless otherwise noted. F. Install piping free of sags or bends with ample space between piping to permit proper ' insulation applications. G. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted unless indicated. IH. Install piping tight to slabs, beams,joists,columns,walls and other permanent elements of the building unless otherwise indicated. Provide space to permit insulation applications l' I with 1"clearance outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal. I. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, adjacent I building structure or connecting equipment Install expansion loops or compensators where indicated. I J. During construction, avoid any undue loads,forces or strains on valves, equipment, pump flanges or building elements with piping connections or piping systems. K. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other,spaced to permit insulation and valve I maintenance. L. Provide drains in all low points of piping mains, risers and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, 3/4"ball valve and threaded nipple and cap. Systems shall be fully drainable. I Drain valves in exposed areas shall be closed with removable plugs. M. Fittings shall be used for all changes in direction and all branch connections. Fittings shall be of long radius type unless otherwise indicated. N. Leaking joints shall be remade using new materials. O. Drill and deburr all openings which are made after erection of the piping system. P. Joints in steel pipe 2"and smaller shall be threaded in accordance with ANSI B1.1. Ream 1 ' threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Utilize pipe joint lubricant or sealant suitable for the service for which the pipe is intended on the male threads at each joint Tighten joints to leave not more than three threads exposed. ♦ Q. Pipe joints and steel pipe larger than 2"shall be welded in accordance with ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31. I 960329 15055-5 1/6/97 I 1 • R. Flanges on steel pipe larger than 2"shall be welded in accordance with ASME B31. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to torques specified by the manufacturer of the flange and flange bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. I S. Joints in non-ferrous pipe shall be brazed or soldered. Braze joints in accordance with ANSI B31.9 or B31.5. Thoroughly clean tube surface and inside surface of the fitting using emery cloth. Clean tube and fittings and apply flux. Flux shall not be used for cleaning tube and fitting surfaces. T. Joints for other piping systems are specified within the respective piping system specifications. U. Pipe hangers for insulated pipe with vapor barrier jackets shall be installed around the outside of the insulation and a metal insulation support shield provided to prevent crushing of the insulation. , V. Pipe hangers: Use swivel ring hangers on pipe size 3"and smaller,clevis type for 4"and larger. Contractor option to use swivel ring type on uninsulated piping to 6"size. Where hangers or supports are in contact with non-ferrous pipes, plastic coated or copper finish hangers or supports shall be used. 3.03 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Install piping, unions,flanges and groove couplings at connections to all equipment and fixtures in such a manner to permit the complete removal of fixtures and components such as coils,tube bundles,or filters without cutting pipes. B. Install unions adjacent to each control valve and at connections to each piece of equipment and plumbing fixture having 2"and smaller connections and elsewhere as indicated. C. Install flanges on piping 2-1/2"and larger where indicated and adjacent to each control 1 valve and at the connection to each piece of equipment D. Provide dielectric unions at all locations where dissimilar metals join. • , E. Tighten bolts to uniformly compress gaskets and to minimize flange stress. Allowance • shall be made for shrinkage during welding of nozzle connections so that the stress on the equipment is minimized. II • 3.04 SEALS AND SLEEVES A. Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls below grade using sleeves and mechanical I sleeve seals. Pipe sleeves smaller than 6"shall be steel pipe; sleeves 6"and larger shall be sheet metal. B. Seal around penetrations through non-fire-rated partitions utilizing techniques which allow optimum sealant movement C. Provide sleeves at all pipe penetrations through walls,floors and roofs. Sleeves through mechanical room floor shall extend 2"above finished floor elevation and be caulked water-tight Sleeves are not required on core drilled openings except through mechanical room floors. I 960329 15055-6 1/6/97 1 1 3.05 ESCUTCHEONS 1 A. Provide escutcheons in all pipe penetrations exposed to view in finished areas and where exposed to view under normal operation such as below cabinets. 3.06 VALVE TAGGING A. Provide a valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system excluding check valves, valves within factory-fabricated units,faucets, convenience and lawn watering hose bibbs and shutoff valves at plumbing fixtures. List each valve tag in a valve schedule for each piping system. The valve tagging schedule shall include the following information as a minimum: 1. Valve identification number 2. System designation I 3.4. Valve type(gate, ball, auto control, etc.) Manufacturer's catalog number 5. Location of each valve • 6. Indicate valves intended for emergency shutoff or other special use 7. Indicate valves are normally-open(NO)or normally-closed(NC) B. Provide reproducible set of floor plan drawings, at 1/8"scale minimum, indicating all valve locations. C. Valve tag schedules shall be framed with an extruded aluminum frame with safety sheet I glass. Mount valve schedules where directed by the Owner. PIPE LA BELING ABELING • ' A. Install pipe labels of one of the following types on each system. Include arrows to show direction of flow. • 1. Stenciled markers including color-coded background band or rectangle in contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2"beyond ends of lettering. 1 2. Plastic pipe markers with application system as indicated in this section. Install on pipe insulation segment where required for hot non-insulated pipe. 3. Stencil markers black or white for best contrast wherever continuous color-coded ' painting of piping is provided. B. Provide pipe labels as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine or equipment rooms, accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, plenums, ceilings,etc., and exterior non-concealed locations: 1. Within 12"of each valve and control device. 2. Within 12"of each branch excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Mark each pipe at branch where there could be question of flow pattern. 1 ' 960329 1/6/97 15055-7 1 12"of locations where pipespass through walls or floors,ceilings,or other 3. Withinp p g 9 non-accessible enclosures. 4. Within 6"of access doors,access holes and similar access points which permit ' view of concealed piping. 5. Within 12"of major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Space intermediately at maximum spacing of 10'along each piping run except reduce spacing to 5'in congested areas of piping and equipment. C. Insulation: Furnish 1"thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe 111 marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subjected to fluid temperatures of 125°F (52°C)or greater. Cut length to extend 2"beyond each end of plastic pipe marker. 3.08 EXCAVATION A. General: Perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered,to the depths required or indicated on the drawings, in accordance with OSHA. During excavation,deposit material suitable for backfill in an orderly manner a sufficient distance from the excavation banks to avoid overloading and to prevent slides or cave-ins. Dispose of material unsuitable for backfill as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Grade as necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations, and remove any water accumulating therein by pumping or by other acceptable method. Unless otherwise specified, all excavation shall be by open cut. Fill any excess excavation below the levels indicated for structures or pipe with sand,gravel or concrete. I B. Trench Excavation: Excavate true to line to an elevation at least 2'above the top of pipe to provide a clear space of not less than 6"nor more than 8"on either side of the pipe. Grade the bottom of the trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length,except for the portions of the pipe sections where it is necessary to excavate for the proper sealing of pipe joints. Bell holes and depressions for joints dug after the trench bottom has been graded, and in order that the pipe rest upon the prepared bottom for as nearly its full length as practicable,to be only of such length, depth and width as required for properly making the particular type of joint. C. Unsuitable Material: Where the bottom of the trench is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders,all types of refuse,vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material,which in the judgement of the Architect/Engineer should be removed, excavate and remove such unsuitable material to a minimum depth of 12" below the pipe. Backfill the trench with selected bedding material and compact to provide uniform and continuous bearing for the pipe. Dispose of the unsuitable material. D. Shoring Requirements: Perform all shoring and sheeting that is required to protect the excavation and to safeguard employees in accordance with OSHA. Widen excavation to provide for space occupied by shoring and sheeting. Shoring shall meet the requirements of all applicable codes and regulations. E. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35°F. 960329 15055-8 1/6/97 I i 1 F. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into . excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps,well points,sumps, suction and discharge lines,and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to ' collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 3.09 BACKFILL ' A. General: Do not backfill until all required inspections are made and tests are performed for the specific utility. Backfill with the excavated materials if it meets the requirements specified for backfilling,consisting of earth,loam, sandy clay,sand and gravel or other materials,free from large clods of earth or stones. Broken concrete shall not be used as backfill material. No backfilling shall take place in freezing weather,and no backfill shall be made with frozen material. Adjust the moisture content of the backfill material if required for proper compaction. Reopen any trenches improperly backfilled,or where settlement occurs,to the depth required for proper compaction, refill and compact to specified density. Compact all backfill for structures to the specified density. B. Around Pipe: Deposit suitable backfill material under the haunches of the pipe in 6" layers and thoroughly compact Backfill to at least 90%of maximum density at optimum moisture content determined by ASTM D698 until the pipe has a minimum cover of 2'. ' The moisture content of the soil at time of compaction shall be not more than 3%above or 3%below the optimum. Be careful not to disturb the pipe. Carry backfilling on simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to eliminate the possibility of lateral displacement C. Remainder of Trench: Deposit the remainder of the suitable backfill material in layers not exceeding 10"in loose depth and thoroughly compact them to at least 90%of maximum •I density at optimum moisture content determined by ASTM D698,except compact the top 12"of backfill below the paving base or subgrade in areas to be paved to at least 95%of maximum density at optimum moisture content determined by ASTM 0698..•The moisture content of the soil at the time of compaction shall be not more than 4%above or 4% below the optimum. 0. Bedding: Where selected bedding material is required by the drawings or by the ' Architect/Engineer during construction to replace unsuitable foundation material, crushed rock or gravel bedding shall be used. Depth of bedding shall be 4"or 1/8 of pipe outside diameter,whichever is greater. END OF SECTION 1 r 960329 15055-9 1/6/97 1 • • SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION • ' A. Provide for the insulation of the mechanical systems and equipment. B. All pipes, ducts and equipment shall be insulated unless specifically deleted. ' C. All surfaces subject to sweating or condensation shall have vapor barrier jacket over the insulation. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. When included as a part of this specification, the following contain related requirements: 1 1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods ' 7. Section 15880-Air Distribution (Sheet Metal) 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Shop Drawings: Include product description, list of materials,thickness, density and k values for each service or insulation type scheduled, locations, manufacturer's installation instructions, and flame spread and smoke developed ratings. 1 1.04 DEFINITIONS • A. The word"concealed"as used in this specification refers to insulation in furred spaces, ' pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof,wall cavities, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and above suspended ceiling construction which hides insulation from view. B. The word"exposed"refers to insulation in all areas where insulation is visible without removal of access panels and ceiling panels, and in mechanical rooms, tunnels, and rooms without ceilings. C. The word"all"refers to all locations where insulation is specified. D. The word"cover'refers to an additional outer wrapping not integral with the insulation ' product. E. The word"jacket"refers to a factory-applied facing integral with the insulation project. I 960329 15250-1 116197 1 i F. "All Service Jacket"(ASJ)refers to a factory-applied white kraft face laminated with aluminum foil and reinforced with glass scrim. G. "Foil-Scrim-Kraft"(FSK) refers to a factory-applied aluminum foil face, laminated and reinforced with glass scrim. PART2-PRODUCTS I 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulation: 1. Armaflex 6. Armstrong 2. Certainteed 7. Partek 3. Knauf 8. Schuller 4. Owens-Coming 9. Rubatex 5. Halstead 1 B.. Fitting covers: 1. Zeston 3. Certainteed 2. Knauf 4. Ceelco C. Adhesives and coatings: i 1. Foster(B.F.) 3. Childers 2. Armstrong V 4. Chicago(CMC) 2.02 INSULATING MATERIALS A. All insulation shall be new and shall have a composite(insulation,jacket or facing, and adhesive)fire hazard rating as tested by ASTM E-84, NFPA 255, or UL 723, not to exceed 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed. Accessories such as coatings, tapes, and adhesives shall have the same component ratings. All insulating materials or their containers shall bear the manufacturer's label and shall have a label indicating compliance with the above rating. B. Insulation thickness shall comply with or exceed ASHRAE/IES 90.1-1989. 2.03 PIPE INSULATION A. Glass Fiber Insulation:ANSI/ASTM C547; maximum k value of 0.24 at 75°F; non- combustible; one piece snap-on; temperature range 0°F to+500°F; nominal density of approximately 4 lbs. per cubic foot;jacket:All Service Jacket(ASJ); self-sealing adhesive joints;water permeance of.02 perms; beach puncture rating of 50 units(minimum); tensile strength not less than 35 lbs. per square inch width. B. Unicellular Foam: Flexible, plastic; maximum k value of 0.28 at 75°F;temperature rating- 40°to+220°F; minimum density 6 lbs. per cubic foot; in exterior applications, ultraviolet resistive coating:water base, two coats,flexible semi-gloss paint as recommended by manufacturer of color as selected. 1 960329 15250-2 1/6/97 I ' C. Accessories: ' 1. • Tape: Wherever tape is used for sealing purposes, it shall be of type and applied as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. ' 2. Staples: Outward clinched, plated steel. 3. Vapor Barrier Mastic: Non-flammable,fire-resistant, polymeric resin, compatible with insulation. 4. Pipe Support Shields: 16 gauge sheet metal. 2.04 DUCTWORK INSULATION A. Acoustical Duct Liner. ASTM C518, maximum k value of 0.28 at 75°F;surface exposed to air stream shall be coated with thermosetting resin and black coated mat;minimum ' nominal,density, 1.5 lbs. per cubic foot;temperature range,+35°F to 250°F; moisture absorption no greater than 3%moisture by weight; minimum noise reduction coefficient (NRC)shall be.55 for 1'thickness(ASTM C423 Test Method Type A mounting); rated for maximum air velocity of 6000 FPM;air friction multiplier no higher than 1.55 at 2000 FPM ' as compared to standard sheet metal. Liner shall be Schuller"Aeroflex 150'or equal. PART 3-EXECUTION 111 3.01 EXISTING INSULATION A. All existing insulation damaged by this Contractor shall be replaced with new insulation as ' specified herein.. B. Existing uninsulated lines shall be insulated as new lines as specified herein. Contractor ' shall field verify existing piping to be insulated before submitting bid. 3.02 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION ' A. Verify that piping, equipment, and ductwork have been tested prior to installing insulation. B. Clean surfaces for adhesives per manufacturers recommendations. ' C. Identify all products and/or their respective shipping cartons for flame and smoke ratings. 3.03 INSTALLATION ' A. Insulation shall be installed only by persons skilled at such work. The appearance of the finished work shall be of equal importance as its mechanical correctness and efficiency. ' Any insulation installed that is not of specified density and thickness shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. Any insulation installation found unacceptable by the Architect/Engineer or Owner shall be revised or replaced at the expense of the Contractor. iB. Install and apply materials in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions. C. Install insulation at temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesive, ' insulation and vapor barrier. 960329 15250-3 1/6/97 1 I • D. Where vapor bafflers are specified,all portions of the insulation at joints,fittings and hangers shall be vapor sealed. If staples are used, staples shall be coated with a vapor barrier coating. E. Continue insulation and vapor barriers continuous through walls,floors and ceilings unless otherwise specified or shown. F. Where insulation is to be painted, all surfaces shall be properly prepared to receive paint. G. Piping Insulation: I 1. Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. 2. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. 3. Valves,fittings,flanges,strainers, flexible connections,expansion joints and union insulation shall be as follows: a. Concealed: Flexible blanket glass fiber insulation insert, or built up to same thickness as adjacent pipe insulation and wrapped with vapor barrier vinyl wrapping tape. b. Exposed: Same as above with pre-molded PVC insulation fitting covers taped in place. 4. Support Shields: Provide support shields with vapor barrier applications to be installed outside the vapor barrier at the hanger support points and at all pipe roller locations. Shields shall be size required to prevent insulation crushing(min. 8"long). Provide blocking between support shield and piping, under the finish jacket,on piping 2-1/2 inches diameter or larger. Fabricate of heavy density insulating material suitable for temperature, not less than 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation. Insulation jacket or vapor barrier shall be sealed after blocking is installed. H. Pipe Insulation Covers: Ends or exposed edges of insulation shall be covered with pre- molded covers or made smooth with mastic. Ductwork Insulation: Acoustical duct liner shall be adhered to interior of ducts with 111 manufacturer-approved adhesive completely coating all surfaces. Mechanical fasteners shall be used on top and sides of ducts exceeding 24"in height or width and shall be maximum spaced at 18"on center. Joints shall be sealed as required by manufacturer for 1 velocities and pressures involved. Mastic shall be applied to all joints and raw edges of duct liner to prevent erosion. Apply metal edge on leading edge of liner 3.04 SCHEDULE ' A. Pipe Insulation: Insulation shall be installed with materials and thicknesses listed below: System: COLD DOMESTIC WATER(CW) i Location: All piping Insulation/Thickness: Glass fiber pipe insulation, 1/2" Jacket: ASJ 960329 15250-4 1/6/97 1 System: HOT DOMESTIC WATER AND CIRCULATING Location: 1 (110°-140°)(NW&HWC) All piping Insulation/Thickness: Glass fiber pipe insulation: Runouts less than 12': 1/2" 1/2°-2"size: 1" 2-1/2'and larger. 1-1/2' B. Duct insulation shall be as scheduled below. Duct insulation not required where liner specified unless noted otherwise. System: LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY AIR ' Location: All Insulation/Thickness: Acoustical duct liner, 1" Jacket None ISystem: RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR Location: All Insulation/Thickness: Acoustical duct liner, 1" Jacket None END OF SECTION • • ' 960329 15250-5 1/6/97 SECTION 15400 • ' PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section includes providing piping,valves, pumps and accessories for the general plumbing systems. 1.02 CODE AND PERMIT COMPLIANCE ' A. Work shall be in accordance with all applicable codes. Where the codes and drawings do not agree, the code shall take precedence; however, code shall take precedence over ' what is shown only when it is more stringent than that indicated. Items that are allowed by codes which are less stringent than that shown on the drawings shall not be substituted. • B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all requirements as to permits, fees, etc., and shall comply. All permits, licenses,inspections and arrangements required for the work shall be provided by the Contractors at their expense. ' C. All utilities shall be installed in accordance with utility company rules and regulations. D. Drawings, plans and schematics and diagrams indicate the general location and the ' arrangement of piping systems. Wherever practical, install piping as indicated. 1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A When included as a part of this specification, the following contain related requirements: 1. Drawings ' 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods 7. Section 15250-Mechanical Insulation 8. Section 15440-Plumbing Fixtures ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS - A. Shop Drawings and Product Data. Submit shop drawings and manufacturers'technical ' product data for. 1. Valves ' 2. Pumps 1 960329 15400-1 1/6/97 1 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ' A. Check and butterfly valves: 1. Crane 7. Lunkenheimer 2. Walworth 8. Milwaukee 3. Powell 9. Hammond 4. Jenkins 10. Nibco 5. Stockham 11. Mueller 6. Victaulic 12. Grinnell B. Gas cocks: • III 1. DeZurik 2. Homestead C. Ball valves: ' 1. Apollo 6. Crane 2. Lunken 7. Worcester 3. Stockham 8. Milwaukee 4. Neles-Jamesbury 9. Watts 5. Nibco D. Water hammer arrestors: 1. Precision Products 5. J. R. Smith 2. Sioux Chief 6. Josam 3. Wade 7. Ancon 4. Zum E. Domestic hot water circulating pumps: 1. Bell&Gossett 5. Taco 2. Aurora 6. Amtrol 3. Peerless 7. Armstrong 4. Grundfos 2.02 SANITARY WASTE,VENT AND STORM PIPING,ABOVE GRADE 1 A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamps. 2.03 SANITARY WASTE,VENT AND STORM PIPING, BELOW GRADE A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight, neoprene compression gaskets; heavy I coating of coal tar varnish on interior and exterior. 2.04 WATER PIPING,ABOVE GRADE , A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88,Type L, hard drawn,cast brass or wrought copper fittings, Grade 95TA solder joints or roll grooved-end with mechanical connectors, fittings and accessories and NSF approved gaskets. 960329 15400-2 1/6/97 111 1 ' 1 1 2.05 NATURAL GAS PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, black, malleable iron or forged steel fittings, screwed or welded joints. ' 2.06 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Iron body; aluminum, bronze or stainless steel disc; resilient replaceable seat for service temperature up to 230°F; full lug ends; extended neck; 10-position lever handle; 571 125 psig; bubble-tight shutoff, or 2-1/2"-6"size copper connection butterfly valve for roll grooved-end pipe. ' 2.07 BALL VALVES A. Up to 2-1/2": Bronze,two-piece body, replaceable chrome plated ball,teflon seats and ' stuffing box ring, lever handle, solder,threaded or flanged ends;600 W.O.G. 2.08 GAS COCKS ' A. Up to 2": Bronze body, bronze tapered plug, non-lubricated,teflon packing, threaded ends. ' B. Over 2": Cast iron body and plug, non-lubricated, teflon packing, flanged ends. 2.09 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Up to 2": Bronze body and swing disc, solder or screwed ends; 125 psig. B. Over 2": Iron body, bronze trim, bronze swing disc, renewable disc and seat,flanged ends; 125 psig. 2.10 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ' A. Copper body, brass piston, EPDM"0"rings, factory-charged, permanently epoxy sealed; 150 psig. 2.11 DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS A. Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected,with resiliently-mounted motor for in-line mounting, oil lubricated,for 125 psig maximum working pressure. ' B. Construction: Bronze casing, bronze impeller keyed to shaft,two oil-lubricated bronze sleeve bearings, alloy steel shaft with sleeve, integral thrust collar, mechanical seal, Isuction and discharge gauge port. 2.12 DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES ' A. Cleanout Plugs: Cast bronze or brass, threads complying with ANSI B2.1, countersunk head. 1. Cleanout plugs shall be engraved to identify piping system. 1 960329 15400-3 1/6/97 1 B. Floor Cleanouts: Cast iron body and frame,with cleanout plug and adjustable round top as follows: 1. Nickel Bronze Top: Manufacturer's standard cast unit with the following patterns: ' a. Exposed rim type,with recess to receive 1/8"thick resilient floor finish. b. Exposed rim type,with recess to receive 1/2"thick terrazzo floor finish. c. Exposed finish type, standard mill finish. d. Exposed flush type, standard non-slip scored or abrasive finish. e. Exposed flush type, standard mill finish and carpet marker. C. Wall Cleanouts: Cast iron body adaptable to pipe with cast bronze, brass or PVC cleanout plug; stainless steel cover,vandal-proof screws. . D. Flashing Flanges: Cast iron watertight stack or wall sleeve with membrane flashing ring. I Provide underdeck clamp and sleeve length as required. PART 3-EXECUTION 1 3.01 WASTE,VENT AND DRAIN PIPING-GENERAL A. Install required gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of ' lubricants,cements and other special installation requirements. B. Install piping sloped downward at a minimum slope of 1/4"per foot(2%)for piping 3"and smaller and 1/8"per foot(1%)for piping 4"and larger unless noted otherwise. C. Provide cleanouts as required by code at each change of direction greater than 135E at minimum intervals of 50'for piping 4"and smaller and 100'for larger piping at base of each vertical soil or waste stack 18"above finished floor elevation. D. Provide drainage and vent piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains with trap of required size. E. Remove dirt and debris from the interior of the piping system as work progresses. F. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. G. Test systems in accordance with the procedures required by authorities having jurisdiction, or in the absence of a published procedure,as follows: 1. Except for outside leaders and perforated or open jointed drain tile, test the piping systems upon completion of rough piping installation. Tightly close all openings in the piping system and fill with water to a point of overflow but not less than 10'of water. Water level shall not drop during the period from 15 minutes before the test starts through the completion of the test. View all joints for leakage. Prepare reports for all tests and required corrective actions. 3.02 WASTE,VENT AND DRAIN PIPING(SANITARY, STORM)-BELOW FLOOR A. Laypipe on theground, piping beginning at low point of systems,true to grades and PP PP 9 9 9 alignment,with unbroken continuity of invert. B. Install floor cleanout covers for flooring types as indicated. 1 960329 15400-4 1/6/97 1 1 3.03 WASTE,VENT AND DRAIN PIPING(SANITARY, STORM)-ABOVE FLOOR iA. Install wall cleanout covers for concealed piping types as indicated. ' B. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. C. Install domestic hot water circulating pump where shown. Install with shutoff valves, inlet ' strainer, and check valve on discharge. 3.04 PLUMBING FIXTURE CARRIERS ' A. Bolt support feet or base plates to floor with appropriate anchors. B. Install carriers per manufacturer's requirements and as required by code. 3.05 WATER PIPING A. Conceal all pipe in walls, piping chases, utility spaces,above ceilings or below grade or ' floors unless indicated to be exposed to view. B. Fill tubing and fittings during soldering with an inert gas to prevent formation of scale. C. Install ball valves on each branch and riser, close to main,where branch or riser serves two or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections and additionally where indicated. 1 D. Install isolation or stop valves on the inlet of each plumbing fixture or equipment item and additionally where indicated. E. Install drain valves on each plumbing equipment item located to completely drain equipment for service or repair. F. Install check valve on discharge of each circulating pump and additionally where indicated. G. Install a ball valve on each hot water recirculating loop, the discharge of each circulating ' pump and additionally where indicated. H. Install hose bibbs with vacuum breakers. '. I. Install backflow preventers at each connection to mechanical equipment and systems, in compliance with applicable codes and authority having jurisdiction. Pipe backflow preventer relief outlet to nearest floor drain or safe waste outlet. Install backflow ' preventer at a maximum of 48"above floor for service. J. At connections to mechanical systems or equipment, install pressure reducing valves with inlet and outlet isolation valves, balance valve bypass and pressure gauge on valve ' outlet K. Provide branch isolation valve for each hose bibb and wall hydrant L. Install union and thermometer on inlet and outlet connection to each water heater. Provide acidizing connections on electric water heaters. ' 960329 15400-5 1/6/97 1 M. Secure piping at connection to fixtures. N. Clean and disinfect water piping in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction or with the absence of such publication,the following as a minimum: 1. Fill the system or part thereof with a water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 PPM of chlorine. Valve off system or part thereof and allow to stand for 24 hours. Drain the system or part thereof of the previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 PPM of chlorine and isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. Following the allowed standing time,flush the system with clean potable water until chlorine does not remain in the water coming from the system. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat the procedure if the biological examination made by authorities shows evidence of contamination. 2. Prepare reports for all purging and disinfecting activities. O. Test water piping as required by authorities having jurisdiction,with the absence of such publication, provide the following as a minimum: 1. Subject the piping system to a static water pressure of 50 psig above the 1 operating pressure without exceeding the pressure rating of the piping system materials. Isolate the test source and allow to stand for a period of 4 hours. Repair leaks using new materials and retest system or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for all tests and required corrective action. 2. Architect/Engineer shall be notified two working days(48 hours)prior to schedule ' testing time. 3.06 HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE PLUMBING FIXTURES I A. Install piping to fixtures per all applicable codes,A.D.A. and Ne. P.H. (Nebraska Provisions for the Handicapped, latest edition). Maintain clearance requirements. I B. Install water and drain piping insulation per manufacturer's requirements. 3.07 NATURAL GAS PIPING 1 A. Gas piping may be installed in accessible, above ceiling spaces(subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction)whether or not such spaces are used as a plenum. Valves shall not be located in such spaces. All piping run above ceiling shall be welded regardless of size. B. Concealed gas piping shall not be located in solid partitions. , C. Do not install gas piping in or through enclosed spaces. D. Do not install gas regulators or isolation valves in air plenums. E. Do not install gas piping in floors. 960329 15400-6 1/6/97 I F. Install pipe sleeve and mechanical sleeve seals in wall penetrations. G. Install gas piping at a uniform grade of 1/4"in 15'upward to risers and from the risers to the meter, service regulator,or equipment. I H. Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fittings installed with the level side down. I. Install branch outlet connections from the top or sides of horizontal lines. J. Install unions in pipes 2"smaller adjacent to each valve at final connections to each piece of equipment and where indicated. IK Install gas cocks as required to isolate each piece of equipment and where indicated. Provide dirt leg downstream of each gas cock. IL. Test gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54 and local utility requirements. • 3.08 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS I A. Install water hammer arrestors at each fixture connection or each battery of fixture connections to eliminate water hammer as required by applicable codes and additionally where indicated. I3.09 CONNECTION SIZES A Piping connections to fixtures and equipment shall be as follows unless shown otherwise: Fixture or Equipment Waste Vent CW HW I Water closets(flush valve) 4" 2" 1-1/4" Urinals 2" 1-1/2" 3/4" Lavatories 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" I Sinks 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" Drinking fountains 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1/2" — END OF SECTION I 1 1 I I 960329 15400-7 1/6/97 I I ISECTION 15440 .. PLUMBING FIXTURES I PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION • • IA. This section includes providing plumbing fixtures and related accessories. 1.02 CODE AND PERMIT COMPLIANCE A. Work shall be in accordance with all applicable codes. Where the codes and drawings do not agree,the code shall take precedence;however,code shall take precedence over what is shown only when it is more stringent than that indicated. Items that are allowed by codes which are less stringent than that shown on the drawings shall not be substituted. B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all requirements as to permits,fees,etc., . and shall comply. All permits, licenses,inspections and arrangements required for the work shall be provided by the Contractors at their expense. I C. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA). 1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS . IA. When included as a part of this specification,the following contain related requirements: , 1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions I 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods I 6. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods 7. Section 15400-Plumbing 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 I A. Submit Product Data and installation instructions for each fixture,faucet, specialties, accessories; clearly indicate rated capacities. IB. Submit rough-in drawings. Detail dimensions, rough-in requirements, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components and anchorages. Coordinate requirements with Architectural shop drawings for fixtures installed in case work, Icountertops, cabinets,etc. Provide templates for installations. C. Submit manufacturers electrical requirements and wiring diagrams for power supply to 111 units. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and field installed portions. D. Submit certification of compliance with ANSI, UL,ASHRAE and all other applicable I standards. Submit certification of compliance with performance requirements specified. 960329 15440-1 1/6/97 I I necessary for servicingplumbingfixtures and E. Furnish special wrenches and other devices nec ry trim to Owner in a quantity of one device for each 10 fixtures. F. Furnish repair kits complete with all necessary washers, springs, pins, retainers, 3 packings, 0-rings, sleeves, and seats in a quantity of 1 kit for each 20 faucets or flush valve type. i PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Fixtures,equipment and accessories are specified by manufacturer's numbers as to the type and quality required. Specified manufacturers and approved equal manufacturers are as follows: Approved Equal Fixture,Item Or Equipment Specified Manufacturer Manufacturer Vitreous China And Enamed American Standard Kohler Cast Iron Fixures Eljer Crane111 Briggs Gerber Mansfield Universal Rundle Toto Stainless Steel Sinks Elkay Just Moen Drinking Fountains. Halsey-Tayler Oasis Elkay Haws Sunroc Supply Fittings And Faucets American Standard Kohler Eljer Crane Chicago Moen Delta Symmons Cambridge Brass Valley 1 j Grohe Waste Fittings, Stops And Dearborn McGuire Supplies Brasscraft Fixture Carriers J.R. Smith Josam Zum Wade Ancon Flush Valves Sloan Zum Delaney • 1 960329 • 15440-2 1/6/97 1 I - Approved Equal I Fixture,Item Or Equipment Specified Manufacturer Manufacturer Water Closet Seats Bemis Beneke Centoco Church Olsonite Floor and Roof Drains and J.R. Smith Wade Floor Sinks - Zum Josam Ancon • Jonespec Hose Bibbs Chicago Faucet Woodford I 2.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE IA. The Architect/Engineer may reject any fixture,equipment item or accessory which in their opinion is not of the quality specified. I2.03 MATERIALS A. Water Closets: Vitreous china, acid resisting, elongated bowl,siphon jet,white. IB. Flush Valves: Chrome plated, diaphragm type with vacuum breaker,screwdriver back- check angle stop,designed for ADA. I C. Closet Seats: Solid plastic,open front,elongated bowl type, no cover,concealed check hinge,white. D. Urinals: Vitreous china, acid resisting, blowout,white. E. Lavatories: Vitreous china, front overflow,wall hung to have concealed arm supports, countertop to be self-rimming, acid resisting,white. IF. Drinking Fountains: Type 304 stainless steel with satin finish, non-squirt bubbler and self- closing valve. IG. Hose Bibbs,Warm Locations: Brass body, chrome plated finish, loose tee key in public areas, adjustable packing nut, replaceable 0-ring,vacuum breaker hose end. 2.04 FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS A. Floor Drain, D-1: J. R. Smith#2010, cast iron body, flashing collar,6"round adjustable Inickel bronze grate. B. Floor Sink, D-2: J. R. Smith#3415, 6"deep, acid-resistant coated, cast iron body, flashing collar, 8"square nickel bronze rim and aluminum recessed grate. I2.05 PLUMBING FIXTURE CARRIERS I A. General: All wall hung plumbing fixtures shall be supported by chair type or back wall support plates as follows. Verify space available for carriers and provide appropriate 1 960329 15440-3 1/6/97 oftype and design required bythe fixture and the tamer to fit space. Carriers shall be g eq building construction. 1. Water closets shall be supported by J. R. Smith series 200 or 400 with adjustable I base supports and wall coupling, cast iron waste fitting,face plate and base supports,ABS nipple and coupling, galvanized bolts, nuts and washers and chrome plated cap nuts. 2. Urinals,drinking fountains and water coolers shall be supported by J. R.Smith series 600 or 800 with stub feet, pipe supports, adjustable plate,galvanized bolts, nuts and washers and chrome plated cap nuts. 3. Lavatories and sinks in stud partitions shall be supported by J. R. Smith series 700 with stub feet, pipe supports,concealed support arms, leveling and securing screws,galvanized bolts, nuts and washers. 4. Lavatories and sinks in partitions other than studs shall be supported by J.R. Smith series 720,with steel wall plate,through-wall bolts,concealed arms with111 leveling and securing screws. 2.06 ACCESSORIES AND TRIM I A. All escutcheons shall be chrome plated cast brass. Provide set screw in exposed locations. B. Plumbing trim utilized shall be provided with renewable seats and replaceable internal working components. C. Unless otherwise specified, each shower shall be provided with pressure balancing, non- 1 scald, mixing valve. Contractor shall set temperature limit to not more than 110°F upon completion of project. D. Unless otherwise specified, each lavatory shall be provided with loose key angle compression stops,flexible risers, adjustable semi-cast brass P-trap with ground swivel joint, slip inlet and 17 gauge trap arm and tailpiece. Provide loose key straight stop supplies for wheelchair lavatories and as required by code. E. Unless otherwise specified,each drinking fountain shall be provided with straight wheelhandle compression stop, flexible riser,adjustable semi-cast brass P-trap with ground swivel joint, slip-inlet and 17 gauge trap arm. Provide angle stops for drinking fountains. F. All exposed fixture trim shall be polished chrome plated unless otherwise specified. I 2.10 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE A. Water Closets: . 1. WC-1 (Public): Wall hung, flush valve. siphon jet. Bowl: American Standard"Afwall"2477.016, 3.5 gallon flush Flush Valve: Sloan Regal XL 110-3, 3.5 gallon flush Seat Bemis No. 1955C. 111 960329 15440-4 1/6/97 111 I I I 2. WC-2(Handicapped): Wall hung, flush valve,siphon jet Bowl: American Standard"Afwall"2477.016,3.5 gallon I flush Flush Valve: Sloan Regal XL 110-3, 3.5 gallon flush Seat Bemis No. 1955C. IB. Urinals: 1. UR-1 (Public): _ Wall hung, blowout action,flush valve. Bowl: American Standard 6601.012, 1.0 gallon flush. Flush Valve: Sloan Regal 180-1.5. 111 2. UR-2(Handicapped): Wall hung, blowout action,flush valve. Bowl: American Standard 6601.012, 1.0 gallon flush. Flush Valve: Sloan Regal 180-1.5. IC. Lavatories: - 1. L-1: Wall hung with 4"faucet centers. Bowl: American Standard"Lucerne"0355.012.. Faucet/Drain American Standard 5400.142H lever handle, 0.5 Assembly: GPM,with grid drain. 2. L-2(Handicapped): Wall hung,4"faucet centers. Bowl: American Standard 9141.011. Faucet/Drain American Standard 7400.172H Assembly: Gooseneck spout,wrist blades, 0.5 GPM,with wheelchair offset grid drain. Accessory: Skal+Gard drain and water supply protection. 1 D. Drinking Fountains: 1. DF-1 (Public): Wall hung fountain with back panel. I Bowl:Valve: Elkay EDFP-19C. Self-closing pushbar. 2. DF-2 (Handicapped): Wall hung fountain with back panel. I Bowl: Elkay EDFP-19C. Valve: Self-closing pushbar. I E. Hose Bibbs: 1. HB: Faucet Woodford 24P with vacuum breaker. IPART 3-EXECUTION 0 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify all dimensions in field. Verify that all plumbing fixtures can be installed in accordance with applicable codes, the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Examine rough-in for water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. 960329 15440-5 1/6/97 I I C. Examine walls,floors,cabinets and countertops for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. D. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PLUMBING FIXTURE CARRIERS A. Bolt support feet or base plates to floor with appropriate anchors. B. Install carriers per manufacturer's requirements and as required by code. ,I 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install plumbing fixtures level and plumb, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, rough-in drawings,applicable codes,the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to supports or building structure. Secure supplies behind or within wall construction to provide rigid installation. C. Provide all work and material required to rough-in, connect up and install supply, drain, waste, soil and vent piping as required for proper operation. D. Install a stop valve in an accessible location in the water connection to each fixture. I� Install faucets and flush valves in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Install escutcheons at each wall,floor, and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork F. Set all countertop fixtures with caulking compound and seal edge of rim with white or clear silicone sealant G. All spaces between fixtures and finished surfaces shall be caulked and pointed square with an approved silicone sealant(color selected by Architect) resulting in a neat and smooth appearance. H. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained or as indicated. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor unless noted otherwise. I. Trap and vent all floor drains connected to the sanitary or acid waste. J. Install floor drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and I adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membrane where penetrated. K. Remove dirt and debris from floor and roof drain strainers, domes and traps. L. Protect drains during construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and prevent damage from traffic and construction work. I M. Install roof drains at low points of roof as shown. 960329 15440-6 1/6/97 I I 3.04 HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE PLUMBING FIXTURES A Install piping per all applicable codes,A.D.A and Ne.P.H. (Nebraska Provisions for the Handicapped, latest edition)clearance requirements. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Test fixtures to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and after units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning units,then retest B. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged fixtures. 3.06 ADJUSTING A Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains,faucets, and flush valves to provide proper flow. B. Replace washers or cartridges of leaking or dripping faucets and stops. 3.07 CLEANING A Clean fixtures, trim, and strainers using manufacturers recommended cleaning methods and materials. B. Clean faucet aerators prior to Owner occupancy. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures,water coolers, and trim. B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by the �. Owner. END OF SECTION I I I I 960329 1/6/97 15440-7 U I SECTION 15458 WATER HEATERS • PART 1 -GENERAL .11 1.01 DESCRIPTION A This section includes providing water heaters and domestic hot water circulating pumps. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Refer to"General Conditions","Special Conditions","General Mechanical Requirements", "Basic Piping Materials and Methods"or equivalent sections within these specifications for additional requirements applicable to the mechanical work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Provide for manufactured products and assemblies including water heaters, storage tanks and circulating pumps. 1.04 WARRANTY ' A. Provide a 3-year warranty on the storage tank. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE/COMPLIANCE A. Underwriters Laboratory, UL. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers,ASME. C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, ASHRAE. D. National Electric Code, NEC. E. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc., ETL. • F. American National Standards Institute,ANSI. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Commercial water heaters: ' 1. Weben-Jarco 4. A. O. Smith 2. Teledyne Laars 5. Lochinvar 111 3. State 6. Raypak I 960329 15458-1 1/6/97 1 1 2.02 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER A. Factory assembled, electric storage type,capacity as indicated, high density or foam insulation, enameled metal jacket, stainless steel or incoloy sheath, multiple elements wired to ceramic terminal block,dual anode rods, sequencing control with transformer. B. ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve, 150 psig working pressure. 111 C. Complies with latest ASHRAE standard. PART 3-EXECUTION I 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and applicable I codes. B. Startup test and adjust equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Provide access around equipment for service. • D. Pipe relief valve discharge to nearest floor drain. I E. Clean and flush tanks after installation per applicable codes or other sections of this specification. F. Connect piping to equipment with isolation valves and union. Install drain valves and terminate over nearest floor drain. I G. Install thermometers on the outlet connection of water heater. H. Install isolation valves on inlet and outlet connection of water heater. I END OF SECTION I I 1 I 960329 15458-2 1/6/97 I SECTION 15781 . PACKAGED ROOFTOP MAKE-UP AIR UNIT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete and working installation of packaged rooftop make-up air unit 1.02 RELATE D DOCUMENTS A. When included as a part of this specification, the following contain related requirements: 1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods 7.. Section 15800-Air Distribution(Sheet Metal) 1.03 SECTION INCLUDES A. Packaged rooftop make-up air unit 1.04 SUBMITTALS - A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Provide for manufactured products and assemblies required. Indicate equipment capacities, materials of construction, and all connection 111 information. 1.05 WARRANTY 1 A. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty for refrigeration system. B. Provide ten year manufacturer's warranty for heat exchanger of gas-fired heating assemblies. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A Packaged rooftop make-up air units: 1. Hastings 2. Rupp 2.02 GENERAL A. All units shall be UL listed. B. All gas fired units shall be AGA approved and local utility company accepted. 960329 15781-1 1/6/97 L 2.03 PACKAGED ROOFTOP MAKE-UP AIR UN IT A. Furnish and install the following Hastings natural gas fired equipment as scheduled. 1 1. Unit shall operate as either 100%outside air or 100%recirculating as determined from remote control station furnished with unit. B. Equipment Casing and Base: II 1. Casing shall be constructed of high quality aluminized steel to insure long rust- free life. 2. Access panels shall be provided to allow easy access to motors, filters and electrical controls. 3. Casing shall have a rinse primer and an enamel finish. 4. Base frame channels shall be constructed of 12 gauge aluminized steel for all I models through the 214 blower units. 218 units shall have a 1/4"hot rolled steel base frame. C. Blower Section: 1 1. Blower wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced forwardly curved double width double inlet Class 1. 2. Blower wheels shall be mounted on a solid turned ground shaft with keyway for driven sheave. I 3. Bearings shall be ball bearing self-aligning. Greaseable 200,000 hours average life. ` 4. Blower scrolls, bearings, and adjustable motor base shall be mounted and properly reinforced to insure rigidity and quiet operation. Ii 5. Cabinet shall be of 16 gauge aluminized steel with a primed and enamel finish. II 6. The driver and driven sheaves shall be of the keyed hub type. The driven sheave shall be of a fixed pitch diameter and the driver shall be a variable pitch diameter sheave standard through 10 HP. V-belt drives shall be sized for 135%of motor horsepower. D. Furnace Section: II 1. Heater exchanger tubes shall be Type 321 (chrome-nickel)stainless steel, .041" tubes and .060"Type 409 header plates. Internal baffles shall be.032"Type 409II stainless steel with stainless steel tips. 2. Burners shall be made of 18 gauge 430 stainless steel with Type 430 stainless steel ribbon inserts. 3. Burner tray shall be so constructed as to slide out from compartment for easy service and maintenance. 960329 15781-2 1/6/97 I 1 I 1 4. Gas and electrical components shall consist of not less than the following: main gas cock, main gas pressure regulator, main solenoid gas valve, plot gas cock, pilot gas pressure regulator, pilot solenoid gas valve, intermittent spark ignition system(100%shutoff with propane), high limit control and 24 volt control transformer. Manifold controls may be in combination. 5. Temperature controls shall consist of non-electric modulating gas valve which modulates down to 30%of rated input and maintains desired leaving air temperature. A bypass gas valve furnished to override the modulating valve and controlled by a space thermostat to maintain predetermined room temperature. 6. Cabinet shall be weatherproof of 20 gauge aluminized steel construction with an enamel finish. E. Motor. A T-frame, ODP, 1800 RPM prelubricated ball bearing type motor shall be furnished for voltage as scheduled. F. Assembly: The system shall be factory assembled and wired with the exception of controls that are remote to the unit G. . Options and Accessories: The following items shall be furnished: 1. Remote control station with operating switches and indicating lights. Station shall include thermostat panel and switching panel. Switching panel shall have outside air-return air switch and summer-off-winter switch. Gas heat shall be locked out in summer mode. Thermostat shall be electronic programmable with integral time Iclock. 2. Auxiliary contacts to interlock remote dampers and exhaust fan. 3. Cleanable filters. . 4. Outside air hood with birdscreen. 5. Mixing dampers at unit, factory wired with two-position motors. Outside air open when return is closed and vice versa. Include linkage and end switch. 6. Rubber-in-shear vibration isolators. 7. Fused disconnect switch. 8. High efficiency motor. 9. High gas pressure regulator. 10. Motor starter(weatherproof enclosure). 11. Power venter for furnace section. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 960329 15781-3 - 1/6/97 • I B. Provide initial start-up and service during first year of operation, including routine servicing and check-out I C. Mount roof mounted units on rails set on wood sleepers as indicated. END OF SECTION 1 I 1 1 I I I I 1 I I I I 960329 15781-4 1/6/97 1 I SECTION 15850 FANS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Provide centrifugal fans as hereinafter specified. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 A. When included as a part of this specification, the following contain related requirements: 1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly and construction details, sound data, and fan curves with operating point plotted. B. Product Data: Include catalog performance ratings and dimensions. C. Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts lists, and wiring diagrams. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fan Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and/or ARI 410. • B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301;tested to AMCA 300. • C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. 1.05 MOTORS A. Fan capacities shall meet or exceed performances specified. Fans shall be selected such that the operating brake horsepower does not exceed 85%of the nameplate motor horsepower specified. 1 I 960329 15850-1 1/6/97 1 • 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS I A. Centrifugal Fans: 1. Acme 10. Greenheck 2. Aerovent 11. Hartzell 3. Bayley 12. Jenn Fann 4. Barry 13. Pace 5. Buffalo 14. Peerless 6. Cames 15. Penn 7. Chicago 16. New York Blower 8. Cook 17. Twin City 9. ILG 111 2.02 CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Wheel: 1. Steel or aluminum construction with smooth curved inlet flange, back plate, blades welded or riveted to flange and back plate; cast iron or cast steel hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws. 2. Blade Configuration: As indicated. I B. Housing: 1. Steel,welded, designed to minimize turbulence with spun inlet bell and shaped 1 cut-off. 2. Factory prime coat before assembly. I 3. Access Doors: Shaped to conform to scroll with quick opening latches and gaskets. I C. Shafts: Hot rolled steel with key-way. D. V-Belt Drive: Cast iron or steel, fixed sheave, keyed to shaft,with matched belts. Drive shall be rated minimum 1.5 x nameplate rating of the motor. E. Belt Guard: Fabricate to latest edition of SMACNA amd OSHA. I F. Bearings: 200,000 hour, self-aligning, grease lubricated, ball or roller bearings with lubrication fittings extended to exterior of casing. G. Base: Welded steel with adjustable motor slide rails. All perimeter members shall be beams with a minimum depth equal to 1/10th of the longest dimension of the base with a maximum depth of 14". Install using height saving brackets with a base clearance of 1". Provide properly sized spring isolators. 1 960329 15850-2 1/6/97 1 1 H. Accessories: 1. Adjustable Inlet Vanes: Steel construction with blades supported at both ends with two permanently lubricated bearings,variable mechanism terminating in single control lever with control shaft and locking quadrant. Inlet vanes to be manual set for fan balance. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Support fans from spring vibration isolators. C. Install fans with flexible electrical leads. Install flexible connections between fan connections and ductwork. Flexible connectors shall not be in tension while running. D. Verify proper fan rotation and starter overloads prior to balancing. END OF SECTION • I I I I I I I 960329 15850-3 1/6/97 1 SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION(SHEET METAL) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A Provide a complete air distribution system consisting of ductwork,fittings, and air distribution accessories as specified or indicated. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. When included as a part of this specification,the following contain related requirements: 1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods 7. Section 15250-Mechanical Insulation 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include for manufactured products and assemblies. Include performance 1 data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Material Quality: ASTM standards appropriate to materials used. B. Sheet Metal: Construct in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible(latest edition). Install in accordance with NFPA 90A(latest edition), local code and industry standard practice. C. Manufactured Items: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures. Maintain access for inspection, test and service. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Pressure-Velocity Classification for Ductwork: As defined by SMACNA Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible(latest edition). Pressure classification for this specification: 1. Low Pressure: Maximum 2500 FPM velocity; maximum 2.0"WG positive or-2.0" WG negative static pressure class. I2. Medium Pressure: Maximum 4000 FPM velocity; maximum 4"W.G. positive or- 3.0"WG or greater negative static pressure class. 1 3. High Pressure: Velocity over 4000 FPM, pressure over 4"W.G. 960329 15880-1 1/6/97 1 B. Gauge: 1. Steel Sheet U.S. standard gauge. , 2. Aluminum Sheet Brown&Sharpe schedule. 3. Steel Wire: Washburn &Moen gauge. C. Concealed Insulated Surfaces: Piping,ductwork and equipment located in walls, partitions,floors,chases, shafts,alleyways and above ceilings. D. Exposed Insulated Surfaces: Piping, ductwork and equipment located in mechanical ' rooms,tunnels and rooms without suspended ceilings. PART 2-PRODUCTS I 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Fire dampers: I 1. Air Balance 6. Prefco 2. Louvers&Dampers, Inc. 7. Safe Air 3. American Warming 8. Ruskin 4. Cesco 9. Vent Products 5. Greenheck B. Backdraft, volume dampers, automatic control dampers,and accessories: 1. Air Balance 8. Penn 2. Air Control Products 9. Prefco 3. American Warming 10. Safe Air 4. Cesco 11. Ruskin 5. Louvers&Dampers, Inc. 12. Vent Products 6. Dowco 13. Cames 7. Young Regulator 14. Venco C. Air outlets: I' 1. Cames 7. Metal*Aire 2. J &J Register 8. Titus 3. Krueger 9. Hart and Cooley 4. Precision Air 10. Anemostat 5. Price 11. Nailor Industries 6. Tuttle and Bailey D. Flexible connector. 1. Ventfabrics 3. Elgin 2. Duro-dyne 1 I 960329 15880-2 1/6/97 11 1 r 1 IE. Duct sealer and sealing tape: T. United McGill, Uni-Grip 5. Hardcast P301 2. Durkee-Atwood, 6. Tremco 440 Permatite, Class I 7. United McGill, I 3. Hardcast 601 Uni-cast Tape 4. Durkee-Atwood, 8. 3-M Insta-Seal Class I IF. Louvers: 1. American Warming and 4. Ruskin Ventilating 5. Aerolite I 2. Dowco 6. Vent Products 3. Louvers&Dampers, Inc. 7. Arrow IG. Duct access doors: 1. Air Balance 6. Ventfabrics 2. American Warming 7. Cesco 3. Prefco - 8. Kees 4. Ruskin 9. Nailor-Hart 5. United McGill • 1 H. Manufactured duct joining products: 1. Ductmate 4. Lockformer 2. Nexus 5. Engles 3. •TDC. I. Turning vanes: 1. Aero-dyne 4. Titus is 2. Airsan 5. Vent Products Co. 1 3. Hart&Cooley 2.02 DUCTWORK FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES IA. General: 1. Galvanized Steel: Hot rolled, pickled steel produced to ASTM A527, lock-forming I quality with G90(.90 oz./sq.ft.)hot dipped galvanized coating. Prepare surfaces for painting where required by treating surface as follows: I a. Paintgrip: Standard galvanized sheet with phosphate film added to the surface for adhering paint. B. Duct Sealant: UL classified, non-combustible,flame spread 25 or less, smoke developed I rating 50 or less, resistant to water, pressure rupture rating of 16"W.G. minimum, suitable for use alone or with tape. C. Manufactured Duct Joints: Manufactured duct joining system to consist of roll-formed angles, corner pieces, corner clips, metal cleats and gasket material. Construct and join I 960329 1/6/97 15880-3 I I ductwork in accordance with latest SMACNA test data and joint reinforcement schedule corresponding to duct gauge used. Corners to be downset design, no-bolt design except bolting is required for medium pressure applications. Reinforcement requirement for sheet metal to comply with latest SMACNA for manufactured duct joining technique appropriate to duct pressure class. D. Construct tees, bends and elbows with minimum centerline radius of 1-1/2 times width of duct. E. Spin-ins on ductwork shall be conical. 2.03 MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC MOTOR-OPERATED DAMPERS A Fabricate in accordance with latest edition of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9-1/2"high x 30"maximum width. Single blade dampers to have spring end bearing regulator. Provide end brace for static pressure greater than 2.0"WG. Provide rod on dampers longer than 18"long. C. Fabricate multi-blade damper of opposed blade pattern using minimum 16 gauge steel with maximum blade sizes 6"x 48". Where width exceeds 48", provide regulator at both ends. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in 16 gauge channel frame with suitable hardware. Blades and frame to be galvanized or prime coated steel except where indicated for special application. D. Provide end bearings with end seals for pressure class required except in round ductwork 12"in diameter and smaller. E. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on all single and multi-blade dampers. Mark ends of damper shanks for open-closed indication. Damper bearings to be self- lubricating nylon or have stainless steel sleeves. Insulated ducts to have elevated dial regulators. F. Automatic Control Damper Motors: Two-position spring return electric, 115 volt or 24 volt (Contractor select), exhaust damper normally closed, return damper normally open. Arrow 235 or equal. 2.04 FIRE DAMPERS I A. Fire dampers to be UL 555 labelled and be 1-1/2 hour rated with 165°F fusible link except as indicated. B. Curtain type dampers shall be Style B or C with blades stored out of air stream. Style A dampers that match the duct height are allowed only if duct free area loss is less than 5%. Dampers installed in horizontal shall have stainless steel closure springs. I C. Duct sizes 12"x 12"and smaller may have single blade dampers. D. Dampers installed in corrosive, high temperature or high moisture laden air streams to be constructed with suitable material and be UL labelled. 1 960329 15880-4 1/6/97 r I I2.05 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS I A. Dampers shall be multi-blade, parallel action,counter-balanced backdraft dampers of galvanized steel or extruded aluminum,with center pivoted blades linked together,with blade edge seals, brass or steel bearings,and plated steel pivot pin. I2.06 TURNING VANES A Single vane, runner type with 1"trailing edge,2"vane radius and 1-1/2"vane spacing, I minimum 24 gauge steel or aluminum construction;with individually adjustable blades and mounting straps. I B. For widths over 36", install vanes in two or more sections and use tie rods to limit unbraced vane length. C. Where inlet and outlet dimensions are not equal,set two or more sections at 45°angle to I provide optimum turning vane performance. • 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS -- .. - I A. UL listed,fire-retardant, neoprene double-coated woven glass fiber fabric in accordance 1 with NFPA 90A, suitable for temperatures and pressures involved;approximately 6"wide, crimped into metal edging strip. • 2.08 DUCT ACCESS DOORS - A. Access doors smaller than 12"square may be secured with sash locks except in medium pressure systems. Access doors larger than 12"shall be hinged and have locking hardware. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. All doors - to be gasketed. Medium pressure access doors to open against air pressure. Doors Iinstalled in insulated ducts to have extension neck to clear insulation. B. Doors at fire, smoke and control air dampers to be same as above with the addition of clear double pane Lexan windows in metal enclosing door frame to provide visual I inspection of damper without shutting down the fan system. • 2.09 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES IA General: Sizes, types and capacities shall be as indicated. Ceiling and wall frame types - and dimensions shall be verified from architectural drawings. Verify ceiling frame and panel style and dimension with reflected ceiling plan, room finish schedule and material type. If final diffusers or registers have a higher sound level than those specified or if dimensions are not compatible with finished walls,ceilings, floors or architectural air cabinets(millwork), installed diffusers and registers shall be replaced at the Contractor's 1 expense. Outlets and inlets to be factory baked enamel finished with color selected by Architect/Engineer unless indicated. 2.10 LOUVERS IA. General: Louvers to be AMCA standard 500 performance rated. Louver frame to have hidden mullions unless indicated. Vertical mullions for blade supports shall be placed at a I maximum spacing of 4 feet. ' 960329 1/6/97 15880-5 I B. Galvanized steel; 18 gauge frame and blades;4-1/2"blade spacing;4"deep frame; drainable and stormproof blade configuration; 50%free area minimum based on 48"x 48" louver size; 19 gauge x 1/2"galvanized mesh screen. Finish: Paint grip. Arrow FL-101 or equal. • PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION . A. Low Pressure Ductwork Construct all ductwork using galvanized steel except as indicated. 1. Seams and Joints(Rectangular Duct): Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh lock, grooved seams or button punch snap lock. Transverse joints shall be drive slip. Joints 36-size and larger shall be manufactured duct joining system with • downset corners, no-bolt design. Contractor option on smaller sizes. 2. Duct Seal Requirements: Ductwork shall be sealed per SMACNA Seal Class"B". Sealant material shall be installed following manufacturer's recommendations. In addition,all ductwork exposed to weather shall have all joints taped with Hardcast I 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install all duct and devices per manufacturers'recommendations, related I industry standards,and applicable codes. 1. Verify location of air outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features,symmetry, and lighting arrangement. Refer to reflected ceiling plans,finish schedule, material finish specification,and shop drawings. . 2. Coordinate routing with all other trades to establish space requirements for each. 3. Contractor may vary route and shape of ductwork and make offsets during 111 progress of work if required to meet structural or other interferences. Where such changes impair the system performance,the changes will be corrected at Contractor's expense. 4. All ductwork shall be substantially and neatly supported on galvanized steel straps or angles riveted or bolted to duct flanges and properly anchored to the construction so that horizontal ducts are without sag or sway,vertical ducts are without buckle,and all ducts are free from the possibility of deformation,collapse or vibration. Supports in corrosive environments shall be stainless steel except aluminum ductwork shall have aluminum supports. 5. Openings required for ductwork through structural elements in new construction shall be coordinated with the General Contractor. Shop drawings locating such openings shall be prepared in ample time to meet the construction schedule. I 6. Provide sleeves at all duct penetrations through walls, floors and roofs. • 960329 15880-6 , 1/6/97 II 7. Provide turning vanes in all elbows and mitered duct turns. 1 8. Install automatic dampers as recommended by the manufacturer. 9. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. 10. Provide fire dampers at locations indicated and where required by applicable codes. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct 1 connections,corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges per NFPA 90A. Follow manufacturer's installation instructions to meet UL listing requirements for damper manufacturer, damper type and application. 11. Provide flexible connections to motor driven air moving equipment. Secure fabric to duct or fan collar with 3/16"rivets spaced not more than 5"o.c. Provide thrust restraints and other devices so that connections are not in tension with equipment running or off. Air handling units with internally isolated fans need not have flexible connections. 12. Provide volume dampers at branch duct take-off to diffusers and registers. Provide access door or remote damper operator to adjust dampers. 13. Paint ductwork visible behind wall mounted air outlets and inlets matte black. 14. Change duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 30°(15°ideally)divergence and 45° (30°ideally)convergence. 15. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8"and smaller and install with crimp in direction of air flow. 16. Provide closure flanges around exposed ductwork at wall and ceiling penetrations, 1-1/4"wide minimum. 17. Do not install ductwork in or allow to enter or pass through electrical rooms, enclosed spaces containing electrical switchgear, panelboards, or distribution boards except ductwork that only serves such spaces. . • 18. Install roof supports level for equipment mounting. END OF SECTION I i 1 960329 15880-7 1/6/97 I 1 • SECTION 15990 111 SYSTEMS TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING • PART 1 -GENERAL I1.01 , DESCRIPTION IA. Provide testing, adjusting and balancing(TAB)of air and hydronic systems. B. Systems testing, adjusting and balancing shall be complete prior to final acceptance. I 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A When included as a part of this specification,the following contain related requirements: I1. Drawings 2. General and Supplementary Conditions 3. Other Division 0 and Division 1 sections .. 4. Section 15010-General Mechanical Requirements 5. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6. Section 15055-Basic Piping Materials and Methods I 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. System may be balanced by the Installing Contractor having qualifications in accordance Iwith the requirements of this specification. B. Submit name and qualifications of TAB firm to the Architect/Engineer within thirty(30) days of contract award for review. Documentation of agency certification shall be provided. C. Architect/Engineer reserves the right to select the TAB firm if qualifications are not Isubmitted in a timely manner. 1.04 SUBMITTALS I A. Submit brand name, serial number and calibration certificates showing dates of calibration for all test instruments thirty days prior to performing systems test,adjust and balance. I B. Submit draft copy showing format of final test reports to Architect/Engineer for review prior to commencing work. C. Submit four copies of tabulated final reports for inclusion in operation and maintenance I manuals;one copy of the report will be retained by the Engineer. Each report shall include as a minimum: 1. Final test reports. 2. Reduced scale plans or drawings labeling all air outlets, dampers, equipment and systems tested, adjusted and balanced. I I960329 1/6/97 15990-1 I 1 3. Date of tests and weather conditions. 4. Test instrument certification data. 5. Soft cover,three-ring binder. , 1.05 PRE-BALANCING COORDINATION A. Prior to commencing TAB procedures, conduct a meeting with the representatives of , installers of the mechanical systems. Coordinate and verify systems operation and readiness for testing, adjusting and balancing. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not used. , PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURE A. Testing,adjusting and balancing shall be in accordance with the procedures of the Associated Air Balance Council(AABC), National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB)and ANSI/ASHRAE 111 P. B. Systems shall be operated by the Installing Contractor for a minimum of 48 hours prior to testing, adjusting and balancing. 3.02 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. B. Verify all renewable filter media has been replaced with new and permanent media prior to testing, adjusting and balancing. C. Report deficiencies or abnormal conditions in systems which prevent testing, adjusting and balancing. D. Verify rotation of all rotating equipment. E. Verify hydronic systems are not air bound. , F. Beginning of work indicates acceptance of operating conditions. G. Reported data shall represent actually measured or observed conditions. 111 H. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers and other adjustment devices. Set and lock memory stops. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Air systems shall be adjusted and balanced to within±10%of design flows. B. Hydronic systems shall be adjusted and balanced to within±10%of design flows. 1 ' 960329 15990-2 1/6/97 I 1 3.04 COORDINATION WITH CONTRACTORS A. Perform testing, adjusting and balancing while temperature control personnel,who are capable of adjusting the control system, are present. ' 3.05 AIR SYSTEM REPORTS A. Adjust and balance air flow quantities utilizing fan speed, inlet vanes,or replacement of sheaves and belts. Replacement sheaves and belts shall be provided and installed by ' the Mechanical Contractor as directed by the TAB Contractor. Adjust and balance terminal devices,diffusers, registers and grilles utilizing volume dampers. B. Report designed and adjusted, balanced or measured condition. END OF SECTION • 1 1 I 1 960329 15990-3 116197 • SECTION 16000 0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION I . 1. DEFINITIONS . A. The following definitions shall apply throughout the contract documents. .1) Architect/Engineer Architect or Engineer 2) Contractor Any contractor performing work required I 3) Provide by the contract documents Furnish, install and connect,complete - and ready for use 4) Indicated Noted,scheduled or specified 2. CODES AND STANDARDS IA. The electrical work shall be performed by competent craftsmen skilled in the trade involved and shall be done in a manner consistent with normal industry standards. All work shall I conform to the currently adopted edition of the National Electric Code(NEC)and all other applicable state and local codes or standards. B. Where there is a conflict between the code and the contract documents,the code shall I have precedence only when it is more stringent than the contract documents. Items that • are allowed by the code but are less stringent than those specified shall not be substituted. 1 3. PERMITS A. All permits, licenses, inspections and arrangements required for the work shall be obtained by the Contractor at their expense. All utilities shall be installed in accordance with the local Irules and regulations and all charges shall be paid by the Contractor. 4. SHOP DRAWINGS IA. Provide shop drawings for all items of electrical equipment listed below.. Shop drawings shall include manufacturers literature describing the following: . I 1) Wiring devices 2) . • Motor control 3) Lighting fixtures I 4) Paging/public address speakers • 5. WARRANTIES I A. The Contractor shall warrant all materials,workmanship and equipment against defects or against injury from proper and usual wear for a period of one year after the date of substantial completion. The Contractor shall repair or replace, at no additional cost to the IOwner, any item which may become defective within the warranty period. I 960329 16000-1 1/3/97 I 6. MATERIALS I A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment shall be new, unused and I undamaged. Materials and equipment shall be the current and standard designs of manufacturers regularly engaged in their production. B. Where materials and equipment are indicated as furnished by others and installed or I connected under this contract, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify installation details. 7.. OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS I A. The Contractor shall fully and carefully instruct the Owner, or his selected representatives, I regarding the proper operation,care and maintenance of each system and its equipment. B. The Contractor shall keep in a safe place all keys and special wrenches furnished with equipment under his contract and shall give them to the Owner at the completion of the I project - 8. COORDINATION OF WORK A. The Electrical Contractor shall plan all work so that it proceeds with a minimum of I interference with other trades. The Electrical Contractor shall cooperate with all other contractors in furnishing material and information, in proper sequence,for the correct location of all sleeves, inserts,foundations,wiring, etc. The Electrical Contractor shall pay for all extra cutting and patching made necessary by his failure to properly direct such work at the correct time. B. Unless otherwise indicated,all motors, equipment,controls,etc.,shall be furnished, set in I place and wired in accordance with the following schedule. Fum. Set Power Control I Item By By Wiring Wirinq Equipment motors MC MC EC —• I Unit mounted motor starters contactors and overload heaters MC MC EC MC Loose motor starters, contactors and overload heaters EC EC EC MC Fused and unfused disconnect I switches, thermal overload and heaters EC EC EC — Control relays and transformers MC MC EC MC Thermostats MC MC EC MC I MC=Mechanical Contractor EC= Electrical Contractor • I 960329 16000-2 I 1/3/97 I 9. -EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ' A. Devices shall be installed at the height indicated below unless otherwise noted. All heights are measured from finished floor to centerline of device. Mounting heights shall be in compliance with ADA requirements. ' Wall switches 46" Receptacles 16" 10. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Mark each individual motor controller, panelboard, lighting panel, disconnect switch, transformer and remote control device to identify its respective use. Provide identification in all areas. B. Label each piece of electrical equipment and all motor starters and switches with a plastic ' tape identification tag equivalent to"Dymo Tape"as manufactured by Dymo Hand Embossing Machine Company, 2546 10th Street, Berkeley, California. Tape shall be 1/2" wide and black in color unless otherwise noted. ' 11. WORK IN EXISTING BUILDINGS A. All work in the existing building, indicated on the drawings or specified herein, shall be executed with a minimum amount of interference with the normal activities of the occupants of the building B. Utilities shall not be interrupted without the Owner's prior written approval regarding the time and duration of such interruptions. C. The Owner shall be notified before starting welding or cutting. Fire extinguishers shall be immediately accessible when welding or cutting with an open flame or arc. Welding or cutting with an open flame or arc shall be stopped not less than one hour before leaving the premises. D. If any existing conduit or electrical equipment is encountered which would interfere with the proper installation of new work, it shall be removed or relocated as required or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Where existing work is to be modified, it shall be done in ' conformance with these specifications. Materials used shall be the same as for new work unless otherwise specified. ' 12. DEMOLITION AND REMODEL A. The Electrical Contractor shall remove all existing lights, receptacles, switches, etc., indicated on plans or which are not indicated but must be removed to accommodate demolition or new remodeling. B. Where equipment,fixtures or wiring devices are to be removed, all associated conduit, ' wire, fittings, supports and all other associated appurtenances shall be completely removed.Where conduits are embedded in concrete floors or plaster walls, the conduits shall be cut back and capped below surface. Refinish surface in a workmanlike manner to match existing. ' 960329 1/3/97 16000-3 1 C. Where existing walls are shown to be removed,power to all electrical devices and associated appurtenances relating to the walls shall be disconnected by the Electrical Contractor and removed by the General Contractor. Circuit continuity shall be maintained up and downstream from removed outlets. Extend circuiting to up and downstream devices and reconnect as required. D. In areas which are remodeled,existing wire shall be replaced with new wire. No existing wire is permitted to remain unless noted. Existing concealed conduit and boxes may be • reused. E. Verify existing conditions in field prior to bid date. ' 13. CONDUIT A Conduit installed underground shall be PVC Schedule 40. Flexible metal conduit shall be used where conditions warrant. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be used for all connections to vibrating equipment and in damp or wet locations.All other conduit shall be EMT. - B. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2". 14. CONDUCTORS 111 A. All conductors shall be copper. , B. Conductor insulation shall be type THHN/THWN thermoplastic unless otherwise noted. C. All conductors shall be color coded throughout the installation. I D. Minimum conductor size shall be#12 AWG except that conductors for pilot and control circuits may be#14 AWG. E. All conductors shall be installed in raceways. F. Splices and taps for#8 AWG and smaller conductors shall be made with twist-on insulated connectors; 3M, Ideal or equivalent. Taping of joints shall be made with vinyl plastic tape as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company. 15. BOXES AND FITTINGS ' A Interior boxes shall be hot dipped galvanized steel. Minimum box size shall be 4"(octagon or square)except that boxes for outlets installed flush with exposed masonry walls may be single or more gangs as required. Boxes in masonry walls shall be square cornered masonry boxes. Extension and plaster rings shall be installed where required. Box size shall comply with the NEC. B. Boxes shall be manufactured by Raco, Steel City or equivalent. C. Fittings shall be set screw or compression type. Provide insulating plastic bushings on all fittings 1"and larger. 1 960329 16000-4 1/3/97 1 1 16. WIRING DEVICES • ' A. Provide specification grade 20A 120/277V switches and 20A 125V receptacles unless otherwise indicated. Device color shall be ivory. Manufacturer shall be Pass and Seymour, Leviton, Hubbell or General Electric. ' B. Device plates shall be Type 302 satin finish stainless steel in all finished areas. Where devices are installed in exposed boxes, plates shall be galvanized steel designed to fit the box used. , , 17. MOTOR CONTROL • A. Provide all motor starters as indicated on the drawings or otherwise required. All starters ' shall be Design E motor rated with a horsepower rating not less than 1.4 times the standard motor rating through 100 HP. Each starter shall be installed in a NEMA 1 enclosure. B. Three phase starters shall be motor circuit protector combination type. Provide each starter with a hand-off-auto switch, control power transformer, running indicator light and one set each of normally-open and normally-closed auxiliary contacts. Provide overload heaters sized to protect the motor controlled. For each three phase motor provide a phase monitor to shut down the motor upon any of the following conditions: phase loss, phase reversal, low voltage or phase unbalance. Phase monitor shall be Time Mark model 257 or Diversified Electronics SLA series with automatic reset. Solid state overcurrent protection may be provided in lieu of separate phase monitor. C. Single phase motors shall be provided with thermal element switch as indicated on the drawings. 18. SAFETY SWITCHES A. Provide heavy duty safety switches as a disconnecting means for motors where indicated on the drawings and where required by code. Operating handles shall be capable of being locked in the off position. Safety switches shall be fusible unless otherwise noted. B. Manufacturer shall be Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or Square"D". 19. GROUNDING ' A. All electrical equipment shall be grounded as required by code. In addition, a green insulated ground wire shall be installed with all equipment and receptacle branch circuits. 20. LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Provide lighting fixtures as shown on the drawings and specified herein. Lighting fixtures ' as shown on the Fixture Schedule shall be used as a basis and standard of comparison in the consideration of fixtures of other manufacturers. The final decision to accept or reject a fixture shall rest with the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility that fixtures be compatible with the ceiling or surface to which they are to be installed and to provide the ' necessary support for the fixtures. Lighting fixtures shall be plumb with the building and the light directed straight down unless specifically noted otherwise. Lighting fixtures and their electrical components shall bear the Underwriters'Laboratories label. ' 960329 16000-5 1/3/97 1 B. Fixtures shall be prewired and ready for mounting. Virgin acrylic only shall be accepted when plastic lenses are specified. Polystyrene will not be permitted. All lenses for fluorescent fixtures shall have a thickness of.125". C. Pre-manufactured flexible fixture whips,where used, shall consist of phase, neutral and grounding conductors(minimum size 18 AWG). The maximum fixture whip length shall be six(6)feet unless otherwise noted. Minimum length shall be four(4)feet D. Ballasts for rapid start fluorescent lamps shall be P rated, rapid start, high power factor, energy saving, CBM certified and ETL approved. ' E. Fluorescent lamps shall be T-12,"cool white", and have a minimum color rendering index of 75. Fluorescent lamps shall be manufactured by General Electric, Phillips or Osram Sylvania. 21. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A Conductors shall be as listed below unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer or , otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction: 1) Audible signaling circuits and control circuits: #14 AWG solid 2) Visual signaling circuits and 120V AC: #12 AWG(minimum) B. The existing fire alarm system shall remain functional throughout construction. All required outages shall be coordinated with the Owner and the Fire Marshal. Provide all necessary panel modifications[and programming]to the existing fire alarm control panel. After any additions or modifications to the fire alarm system, a re-acceptance test shall be performed by a licensed party in accoiEiance with NFPA 72. 22. PAGING/PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM A Provide ceiling speakers as indicated on the drawings and scheduled below: I 1) Soundolier model#51-8 or equivalent round grille finished in baked white enamel. 2) Soundolier model#96-8 or equivalent backbox with tile bridge hanger support channels to accommodate the loudspeaker. 3) Soundolier model#C5-T70 or equivalent speaker cones, 8"round, rated to 5 watts ' with 70V match transformer. B. Provide cable connection from ceiling speakers to existing amplifier. Speaker cable shall 1 be West Penn#25294, one twisted, shielded pair, 16 gauge wire, or equal. All cables shall be class 2, plenum rated. .C. All wiring shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's wiring diagrams and instructions. I Installer shall test,calibrate, and adjust all speakers and controls in each area to obtain the best, most uniform coverage possible for the application. END OF SECTION 960329 16000-6 1/3/97 1 C-25A CITY OF OMAHA LEGISLATIVE CHAMBER • Omaha,Nebr 19 RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF OMAHA: WHEREAS, bids were received on February 12, 1997 for S.P. 97-1, Rosenblatt Stadium Phase 1,Restrooms Renovation and Expansion, 13th and Bert Murphy Drive; and, . WHEREAS, W. Boyd Jones Construction Co. submitted a low bid of$162,700.00, t`;: being the lowest and best bid received for S.P. 97-1, Rosenblatt Stadium Phase 1, Restroom Renovation and Expansion, 13th and Bert Murphy Drive; and, WHEREAS,W. Boyd Jones Construction Co.has complied with the City's Contract Compliance Ordinance No. 28885 in relation to Civil Rights -Human Relations. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF OMAHA: THAT,the bid of$162,700.00 from W. Boyd Jones Construction Co. for S.P. 97-1, Rosenblatt Stadium Phase 1,Restroom Renovation and Expansion, 13th and Bert Murphy Drive, being the lowest and best bid received,be accepted and the contract awarded. HE IT FURTHER RESOLVED: THAT,the contract with W. Boyd Jones Construction Co., as recommended by the Mayor, in the amount of$162,700.00 is hereby approved. BE IT ALSO FURTHER RESOLVED: THAT,the Finance Department is authorized to pay the cost of S.P. 97-1,Rosenblatt Stadium Phase 1,Restroom Renovation and Expansion, 13th and Bert Murphy Drive in the amount of$162,700.00 from a donation from the College World Series Inc. in the amount of$81,350.00 and $81,350.00 from the Rosenblatt Stadium Expansion Fund No. 307. APPROVED AS TO FORM: cZ// —77 SIS CITY ATTORNEY DATE P:\PLN2\5714.S By Re; Councilmember Adopted FEB 2 5-1997 /6c - i Cler Approved Mayor • I b C4Fs � no qi5. P 5tr1C( n � id gi r awed o- ° o ilikk trlo � v4C10• ,b �. ."' 0 >4 o �d CD 8 �, °•. ° o\' " Z N c.`o a• 0 w 4 ccu . •o 0b. 0 -N 1.4 9\ • �_ 0 W ° ° 0 •og C' cr C`< (D 0 o 5 0 N Pa C o n o Pv g co CD CD a ao a g . o ?.. ‘4A t, '